US20200261434A1 - Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malignancies and solid tumors - Google Patents

Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malignancies and solid tumors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20200261434A1
US20200261434A1 US16/869,238 US202016869238A US2020261434A1 US 20200261434 A1 US20200261434 A1 US 20200261434A1 US 202016869238 A US202016869238 A US 202016869238A US 2020261434 A1 US2020261434 A1 US 2020261434A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
compound
idh1
flt3
subject
inhibitor
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US16/869,238
Inventor
Sung Eun Choe
Bin Wu
Michael AMATANGELO
Xiaolan Hu
Anjan THAKURTA
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Celgene Corp
Servier Pharmaceuticals LLC
Original Assignee
Celgene Corp
Agios Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Celgene Corp, Agios Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Celgene Corp
Priority to US16/869,238 priority Critical patent/US20200261434A1/en
Publication of US20200261434A1 publication Critical patent/US20200261434A1/en
Assigned to SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC reassignment SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: AGIOS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
Assigned to SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC reassignment SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE APPLICATION NO. 10,172,864 TO THE CORRECT APP NO. 61/160,253 PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 056179 FRAME 0417. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE ASSIGNMENT. Assignors: AGIOS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
Assigned to AGIOS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. reassignment AGIOS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CHOE, Sung Eun, WU, BIN
Assigned to CELGENE CORPORATION reassignment CELGENE CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: AMATANGELO, MICHAEL, THAKURTA, Anjan
Assigned to CELGENE CORPORATION reassignment CELGENE CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: HU, XIAOLAN
Assigned to SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS LLC reassignment SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS LLC CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE ASSIGNEE NAME SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS LLC BY REMOVAL OF COMMA AND UPDATING ZIP CODE TO 02210 PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 056224 FRAME 0921. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT. Assignors: AGIOS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/53—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with three nitrogens as the only ring hetero atoms, e.g. chlorazanil, melamine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/365—Lactones
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/403—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
    • A61K31/404—Indoles, e.g. pindolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/437—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a five-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. indolizine, beta-carboline
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/444—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring heteroatom, e.g. amrinone
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4709—Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/496—Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/4965—Non-condensed pyrazines
    • A61K31/497—Non-condensed pyrazines containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/50—Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines
    • A61K31/5025—Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • A61K31/551—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole having two nitrogen atoms, e.g. dilazep
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • A61K31/553—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole having at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as ring hetero atoms, e.g. loxapine, staurosporine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D251/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings
    • C07D251/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D251/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D251/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hetero atoms directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D251/40—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D251/48—Two nitrogen atoms
    • C07D251/52—Two nitrogen atoms with an oxygen or sulfur atom attached to the third ring carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2300/00—Mixtures or combinations of active ingredients, wherein at least one active ingredient is fully defined in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00

Definitions

  • the methods for treating a malignancy comprise administering an IDH1 inhibitor or an IDH2 inhibitor in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway, wherein the malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 or IDH2 respectively, and a mutant FLT3.
  • an IDH1 inhibitor for use in methods of treating malignancies including hematological malignancies and solid tumors characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • an IDH1 inhibitor can be provided in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in methods for treating a malignancy, wherein the malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, and a mutant FLT3.
  • Isocitrate dehydrogenases catalyze the oxidative decarboxylation of isocitrate to 2-oxoglutarate (i.e., ⁇ -ketoglutarate). These enzymes belong to two distinct subclasses, one of which utilizes NAD(+) as the electron acceptor and the other NADP(+).
  • NAD(+) the electron acceptor
  • NADP(+)-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenases Five isocitrate dehydrogenases have been reported: three NAD(+)-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenases, which localize to the mitochondrial matrix, and two NADP(+)-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenases, one of which is mitochondrial and the other predominantly cytosolic. Each NADP(+)-dependent isozyme is a homodimer.
  • IDH1 isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (NADP+), cytosolic
  • IDP isocitrate dehydrogenase 1
  • pIDCD isocitrate dehydrogenase 1
  • IDPC PICD
  • the protein encoded by this gene is the NADP(+)-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenase found in the cytoplasm and peroxisomes. It contains the PTS-1 peroxisomal targeting signal sequence. The presence of this enzyme in peroxisomes suggests roles in the regeneration of NADPH for intraperoxisomal reductions, such as the conversion of 2, 4-dienoyl-CoAs to 3-enoyl-CoAs, as well as in peroxisomal reactions that consume 2-oxoglutarate, namely the alpha-hydroxylation of phytanic acid.
  • the cytoplasmic enzyme serves a significant role in cytoplasmic NADPH production.
  • the human IDH1 gene encodes a protein of 414 amino acids.
  • the nucleotide and amino acid sequences for human IDH1 can be found as GenBank entries NM 005896.2 and NP 005887.2 respectively.
  • the nucleotide and amino acid sequences for IDH1 are also described in, e.g., Nekrutenko et al., Mol. Biol. Evol. 15:1674-1684(1998); Geisbrecht et al., J. Biol. Chem. 274:30527-30533(1999); Wiemann et al., Genome Res. 11:422-435(2001); The MGC Project Team, Genome Res.
  • IDH2 isocitrate dehydrogenase 2 (NADP+), mitochondrial
  • IDH isocitrate dehydrogenase 2 (NADP+), mitochondrial
  • IDP isocitrate dehydrogenase 2
  • IDHM isocitrate dehydrogenase 2
  • ICD-M isocitrate dehydrogenase 2
  • mNADP-IDH isocitrate dehydrogenase 2 (NADP+), mitochondrial
  • the protein encoded by this gene is the NADP(+)-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenase found in the mitochondria. It plays a role in intermediary metabolism and energy production. This protein may tightly associate or interact with the pyruvate dehydrogenase complex.
  • Human IDH2 gene encodes a protein of 452 amino acids. The nucleotide and amino acid sequences for IDH2 can be found as GenBank entries NM 002168.2 and NP 002159.2 respectively.
  • nucleotide and amino acid sequence for human IDH2 are also described in, e.g., Huh et al., Submitted (November 1992) to the EMBL/GenBank/DDBJ databases; and The MGC Project Team, Genome Res. 14:2121-2127 (2004).
  • Non-mutant e.g., wild type, IDH1 and IDH2 catalyze the oxidative decarboxylation of isocitrate to ⁇ -ketoglutarate ( ⁇ -KG) thereby reducing NAD + (NADP + ) to NADH (NADPH), e.g., in the forward reaction:
  • hematologic malignancies in one embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating hematologic malignancies by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH1 inhibitor, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy.
  • the hematologic malignancy is acute myeloid leukemia (AML).
  • AML is relapsed or refractory.
  • mutant IDH1 inhibitor for use in the methods of treating hematologic malignancies, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • hematologic malignancies in one embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating hematologic malignancies by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH2 inhibitor, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy.
  • the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • hematologic malignancies by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH1 inhibitor in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example an internal tandem duplication mutation in the JM domain-coding sequence of the FLT3 gene (FLT3-ITD) or a missense point mutation at the D835 residue and point mutations, deletions and insertions in the codons surrounding D835 within a TK domain of FLT3 (FLT3-KDM) and/or other missense mutations.
  • FLT3-ITD internal tandem duplication mutation in the JM domain-coding sequence of the FLT3 gene
  • FLT3-KDM missense point mutation at the D835 residue and point mutations
  • the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • an IDH1 inhibitor in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in the methods of treating hematologic malignancies, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • hematologic malignancies in one embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating hematologic malignancies by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH2 inhibitor in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD or FLT3-KDM.
  • the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy.
  • the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • hematologic malignancies such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6- ⁇ [2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino ⁇ -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]propan
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • hematologic malignancies such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-car
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in the method of treating hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • MML myeloproliferative neoplasms
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • the advanced hematologic malignancy is AML, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one embodiment, the advanced hematologic malignancy is relapsed or refractory AML, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one aspect, provided is COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating relapsed or refractory acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating myeloid sarcoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating multiple myeloma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • AITL angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • hematologic malignancies such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6- ⁇ [2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino ⁇ -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amin
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • COMPOUND 1 is administered to the subject in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatin
  • hematologic malignancies such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS, myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, in a subject comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-o
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • myeloid sarcoma multiple myeloma
  • lymphoma e.g., T-
  • COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • a COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in the method of treating chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating myeloid sarcoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating multiple myeloma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • lymphoma e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma
  • COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatin
  • the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • the AML is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • the advanced hematologic malignancy is relapsed or refractory AML, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with quizartinib (AC220). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with sunitinib (SU11248). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with sorafenib (BAY 43-9006). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with midostaurin (PKC412). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with lestaurtinib (CEP-701). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with crenolanib (CP-868596). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with PLX3397.
  • COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with PLX3397. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with E6201. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with AKN-028. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with ponatinib (AP24534). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with ASP2215. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with KW-2449. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with famitinib. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with DCC-2036.
  • kits for solid tumors by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH1 inhibitor, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • a mutant IDH1 inhibitor for use in a method of treating solid tumors, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD.
  • provided herein are methods of treating solid tumors by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH2 inhibitor, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • the solid tumor is an advanced solid tumor.
  • provided herein are methods of treating solid tumors by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH1 inhibitor in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD.
  • a mutant IDH1 inhibitor in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in the methods of treating solid tumors wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD.
  • provided herein are methods of treating solid tumors by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH2 inhibitor in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD.
  • the solid tumor is an advanced solid tumor.
  • a method of treating solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, or cholangiocarcinoma(e.g., glioma), or treating angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1.
  • a method of treating solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2.
  • solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation
  • a method of treating solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, or cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), or treating angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, in a subject comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway.
  • solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, or cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma)
  • AITL angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma
  • COMPOUND 1 is administered to the subject in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatin
  • a method of treating solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, in a subject comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway.
  • solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-
  • COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatin
  • COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with quizartinib (AC220). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with sunitinib (SU11248). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with sorafenib (BAY 43-9006). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with midostaurin (PKC412). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with lestaurtinib (CEP-701). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with crenolanib (CP-868596). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with PLX3397.
  • COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with E6201. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with AKN-028. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with ponatinib (AP24534). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with ASP2215. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with KW-2449. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with famitinib. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with DCC-2036.
  • FIG. 1 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 1.
  • FIG. 2 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 2.
  • FIG. 3 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 3.
  • FIG. 4 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 4.
  • FIG. 5 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 5.
  • FIG. 6 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 6.
  • FIG. 7 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 2 form I.
  • FIG. 8 is a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) profile of COMPOUND 2 form I.
  • FIG. 9 is a thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA) profile of COMPOUND 2 form I.
  • FIG. 10 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 2 form II.
  • FIG. 11 is a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) profile of COMPOUND 2 form II.
  • FIG. 12 is a thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA) profile of COMPOUND 2 form II.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates the comutations, including FLT3 mutations, in samples treated with COMPOUND 1 according to response categories.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates the comutations, including FLT3 mutations in samples treated with COMPOUND 2 according to response categories.
  • a “mutant IDH2 inhibitor” or “inhibitor of IDH2 mutant(s)” means a molecule e.g., a polypeptide, peptide, or small molecule (e.g., a molecule of less than 1,000 daltons), or aptomer, that binds to an IDH2 mutant subunit and inhibits neoactivity, e.g., by inhibiting formation of a dimer, e.g., a homodimer of mutant IDH2 subunits or a heterodimer of a mutant and a wildype subunit.
  • the neoactivity inhibition is at least about 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 99% as compared to the activity in the absence of the mutant IDH2 inhibitor.
  • the mutant IDH2 inhibitor is COMPOUND 1.
  • a “mutant IDH1 inhibitor” or “inhibitor of IDH1 mutant(s)” means a molecule e.g., a polypeptide, peptide, or small molecule (e.g., a molecule of less than 1,000 daltons), or aptomer, that binds to an IDH1 mutant subunit and inhibits neoactivity, e.g., by inhibiting formation of a dimer, e.g., a homodimer of mutant IDH1 subunits or a heterodimer of a mutant and a wildype subunit.
  • the neoactivity inhibition is at least about 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 99% as compared to the activity in the absence of the mutant IDH1 inhibitor.
  • the mutant IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 2.
  • wild type refers to the typical or most common form of a characteristic (for example, gene sequence or presence, or protein sequence, presence, level or activity), as it occurs in nature, and the reference against which all others are compared. As will be understood by one skilled in the art, when used herein, wild type refers to the typical gene sequence(s) or gene expression levels as they most commonly occur in nature.
  • co-occurring mutation refers to one or more gene mutations that are present in a cancer subject herein in addition to an IDH1 or an IDH2 mutation.
  • FLT3 pathway inhibitor or “FLT3 targeting compound” or “FLT3 inhibitor” refers to a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits FLT3, which interferes with the activation of FLT3-mediated signal transduction pathways and reduces cell proliferation in cancer cells that overexpress FLT3.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits wild type FLT3.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits mutant FLT3, for example, FLT3-ITD (an internal tandem duplication mutation in the JM domain-coding sequence of the FLT3 gene) and/or FLT3-KDM (a missense point mutation at the D835 residue and point mutations, deletions and insertions in the codons surrounding D835 within a TK domain of FLT3).
  • FLT3-ITD an internal tandem duplication mutation in the JM domain-coding sequence of the FLT3 gene
  • FLT3-KDM a missense point mutation at the D835 residue and point mutations, deletions and insertions in the codons surrounding D835 within a TK domain of FLT3
  • FLT3 inhibitors for use herein include, but are not limited to quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • the term “elevated levels of 2HG” means 10%, 20% 30%, 50%, 75%, 100%, 200%, 500% or more 2HG is present in a subject that carries a mutant IDH1 allele than is present in a subject that does not carry a mutant IDH1 allele.
  • the term “elevated levels of 2HG” may refer to the amount of 2HG within a cell, within a tumor, within an organ comprising a tumor, or within a bodily fluid.
  • the term “bodily fluid” includes one or more of amniotic fluid surrounding a fetus, aqueous humour, blood (e.g., blood plasma), serum, Cerebrospinal fluid, cerumen, chyme, Cowper's fluid, female ejaculate, interstitial fluid, lymph, breast milk, mucus (e.g., nasal drainage or phlegm), pleural fluid, pus, saliva, sebum, semen, serum, sweat, tears, urine, vaginal secretion, or vomit.
  • blood e.g., blood plasma
  • serum Cerebrospinal fluid
  • cerumen cerumen
  • chyme chyme
  • Cowper's fluid female ejaculate
  • interstitial fluid lymph
  • breast milk mucus (e.g., nasal drainage or phlegm)
  • mucus e.g., nasal drainage or phlegm
  • pleural fluid pus, saliva, sebum, semen, serum
  • inhibitor or “prevent” include both complete and partial inhibition and prevention.
  • An inhibitor may completely or partially inhibit the intended target.
  • subject is intended to include human and non-human animals.
  • exemplary human subjects include a human patient (referred to as a patient) having a disorder, e.g., a disorder described herein or a normal subject.
  • non-human animals of one aspect of the invention includes all vertebrates, e.g., non-mammals (such as chickens, amphibians, reptiles) and mammals, such as non-human primates, domesticated and/or agriculturally useful animals, e.g., sheep, dog, cat, cow, pig, etc.
  • treat means decrease, suppress, attenuate, diminish, arrest, or stabilize the development or progression of a disease/disorder (e.g., an hematologic malignancy, including an advanced hematologic malignancy, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), or a solid tumor, including glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1; or acute myelogenous leukemia
  • AML
  • An amount of a compound, including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug or a polymorph thereof, effective to treat a disorder, or a “therapeutically effective amount” or “therapeutically effective dose” refers to an amount of the compound, including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, or a polymorph thereof, which is effective, upon single or multiple dose administration to a subject, in treating a cell, or in curing, alleviating, relieving or improving a subject with a disorder beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment.
  • co-administering means that the additional cancer therapeutic agent may be administered together with a compound provided herein as part of a single dosage form (such as a composition comprising a compound and a second therapeutic agent as described above) or as separate, multiple dosage forms.
  • the additional cancer therapeutic agent may be administered prior to, consecutively with, or following the administration of a compound provided herein.
  • both the compounds provided herein and the second therapeutic agent(s) are administered by conventional methods.
  • compositions comprising both a compound provided herein and a second therapeutic agent, to a subject does not preclude the separate administration of that same therapeutic agent, any other second therapeutic agent or any compound provided herein to said subject at another time during a course of treatment.
  • co-administering as used herein with respect to an additional cancer treatment means that the additional cancer treatment may occur prior to, consecutively with, concurrently with or following the administration of a compound provided herein.
  • substantially free of other stereoisomers means a preparation enriched in a compound having a selected stereochemistry at one or more selected stereocenters by at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%.
  • enriched means that at least the designated percentage of a preparation is the compound having a selected stereochemistry at one or more selected stereocenters.
  • crystalline refers to a solid having a highly regular chemical structure.
  • a crystalline COMPOUND 1 may be produced as one or more single crystalline forms of COMPOUND 1 and a crystalline COMPOUND 2 may be produced as one or more single crystalline forms of COMPOUND 2.
  • the terms “crystalline form”, “single crystalline form” and “polymorph” are synonymous; the terms distinguish between crystals that have different properties (e.g., different XRPD patterns and/or different DSC scan results).
  • polymorph includes pseudopolymorphs, which are typically different solvates of a material, and thus their properties differ from one another.
  • each distinct polymorph and pseudopolymorph of COMPOUND 1 is considered to be a distinct single crystalline form herein
  • each distinct polymorph and pseudopolymorph of COMPOUND 2 is considered to be a distinct single crystalline form herein.
  • substantially crystalline refers to forms that may be at least a particular weight percent crystalline. Particular weight percentages are 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 10% and 100%.
  • substantially crystalline COMPOUND 1 refers to a COMPOUND 1 that is at least 70% crystalline.
  • substantially crystalline COMPOUND 1 refers to a COMPOUND 1 that is at least 90% crystalline.
  • substantially crystalline COMPOUND 2 refers to a COMPOUND 2 that is at least 70% crystalline.
  • substantially crystalline COMPOUND 2 refers to a COMPOUND 2 that is at least 90% crystalline.
  • isolated refers to forms that may be at least a particular weight percent of a particular crystalline form of compound. Particular weight percentages are 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 90% and 100%.
  • solvate or solvated means a physical association of a compound, including a crystalline form thereof, of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association includes hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. “Solvate or solvated” encompasses both solution-phase and isolable solvates. Representative solvates include, for example, a hydrate, ethanolates or a methanolate.
  • hydrate is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H 2 O that is present in a defined stoichiometric amount, and may, for example, include hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate, or trihydrate.
  • mixture is used to refer to the combined elements of the mixture regardless of the phase-state of the combination (e.g., liquid or liquid/crystalline).
  • seeding is used to refer to the addition of a crystalline material to initiate recrystallization or crystallization.
  • antisolvent is used to refer to a solvent in which compounds, including crystalline forms thereof, are poorly soluble.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant refers to a carrier or adjuvant that may be administered to a subject, together with a compound of one aspect of this invention, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof and is nontoxic when administered in doses sufficient to deliver a therapeutic amount of the compound.
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt refers to non-toxic acid or base addition salts of the compound to which the term refers. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts.” J. Pharm. Sci . Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
  • COMPOUND 1 is 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6- ⁇ [2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino ⁇ -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]propan-2-ol, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, metabolite, or a polymorph thereof, having the following formula:
  • COMPOUND 1 may also comprise one or more isotopic substitutions (“Isotopologues”).
  • H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H (D or deuterium), and 3 H (T or tritium);
  • C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C;
  • O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
  • COMPOUND 1 is enriched in a specific isotopic form of H, C and/or O by at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%.
  • COMPOUND 1 in certain embodiments may also be represented in multiple tautomeric forms, in such instances, one aspect of the invention expressly includes all tautomeric forms of COMPOUND 1 described herein, even though only a single tautomeric form may be represented (e.g., keto-enol tautomers). All such isomeric forms of COMPOUND 1 are expressly included herein. Synthesis of COMPOUND 1 is described in US published application US-2013-0190287-A1 published Jul. 25, 2013, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • COMPOUND 1 It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of COMPOUND 1, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt.
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts.” J. Pharm. Sci . Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
  • COMPOUND 1 is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., —NH— may be —N— ⁇ )
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
  • suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na + and K + , alkaline earth cations such as Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ , and other cations such as Al 3+ .
  • Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine.
  • An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH 3 ) 4 + .
  • COMPOUND 1 is cationic, or has a functional group that may be cationic (e.g., —NHR may be —NH 2 R + ), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
  • suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric.
  • COMPOUND 1 comprises the mesylate salt of 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6- ⁇ [2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino ⁇ -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]propan-2-ol.
  • suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
  • COMPOUND 1 for use in the methods and pharmaceutical compositions provided herein therefore includes the COMPOUND 1 itself, as well as its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers, isotopologues, prodrugs, metabolites, or polymorphs. Metabolites of COMPOUND 1 are disclosed in patent application publication WO2015/006592, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. COMPOUND 1 provided herein may be modified and converted to a prodrug by appending appropriate functionalities to enhance selected biological properties, e.g., targeting to a particular tissue.
  • prodrugs are known in the art and include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological compartment (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion.
  • prodrugs include esters (e.g., phosphates, amino acid (e.g., valine) esters), carbamates and other pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives, which, upon administration to a subject, are capable of providing active compounds.
  • COMPOUND 1 can exist in a variety of solid forms. In one embodiment, provided herein are solid forms that include neat crystal forms. In another embodiment, provided herein are solid forms that include solvated forms and amorphous forms. The present disclosure provides certain solid forms of COMPOUND 1. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compositions comprising COMPOUND 1 in a form described herein. In some embodiments of provided compositions, COMPOUND 1 is present as a mixture of one or more solid forms; in some embodiments of provided compositions, COMPOUND 1 is present in a single form.
  • COMPOUND 1 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the single crystalline forms described herein. Synthesis of crystalline forms of COMPOUND 1 is described in the international application publication WO 2015/017821 published Feb. 5, 2015 and the U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/112,127, filed Feb. 4, 2015, both incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent; and COMPOUND 1, wherein COMPOUND 1 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the crystalline forms being described herein. Also provided are uses of COMPOUND 1, wherein COMPOUND 1 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the single crystalline forms described herein, to prepare a pharmaceutical composition.
  • At least a particular percentage by weight of COMPOUND 1 is crystalline. Particular weight percentages may be 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%,
  • COMPOUND 1 When a particular percentage by weight of COMPOUND 1 is crystalline, the remainder of COMPOUND 1 is the amorphous form of COMPOUND 1.
  • Non-limiting examples of crystalline COMPOUND 1 include a single crystalline form of compound 1 or a mixture of different single crystalline forms.
  • COMPOUND 1 is at least 90% by weight crystalline. In some other embodiments, COMPOUND 1 is at least 95% by weight crystalline.
  • a particular percentage by weight of the crystalline COMPOUND 1 is a specific single crystalline form or a combination of single crystalline forms. Particular weight percentages may be 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 10% and 100%.
  • COMPOUND 1 is at least 90% by weight of a single crystalline form.
  • COMPOUND 1 is at least 95% by weight of a single crystalline form.
  • COMPOUND 1 embodiments of the invention may be described with reference to a particular crystalline form of COMPOUND 1, as characterized by one or more properties as discussed herein.
  • the descriptions characterizing the crystalline forms may also be used to describe the mixture of different crystalline forms that may be present in a crystalline COMPOUND 1.
  • the particular crystalline forms of COMPOUND 1 may also be characterized by one or more of the characteristics of the crystalline form as described herein, with or without regard to referencing a particular crystalline form.
  • the crystalline forms are further illustrated by the detailed descriptions and illustrative examples given below.
  • the XRPD peaks described in Tables 1 to 6 may vary by ⁇ 0.2° depending upon the instrument used to obtain the data.
  • the intensity of the XRPD peaks described in Tables 1 to 6 may vary by 10%.
  • a single crystalline form, Form 1, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 1 , and data shown in Table 1 obtained using CuK ⁇ radiation.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 1 , as shown in Table 1.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 1.
  • Form 1 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 8.9, 13.0, 18.9, 23.8, and 28.1°. In another embodiment, Form 1 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2 ⁇ angles of 8.9, 18.9, and 23.8°.
  • a single crystalline form, Form 2, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 2 , and data shown in Table 2, obtained using CuK ⁇ radiation.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 2 , as shown in Table 2.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 2.
  • Form 2 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 12.7, 17.1, 19.2, 23.0, and 24.2°. In another embodiment, Form 2 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2 ⁇ angles of 12.7, 19.2, and 24.2°.
  • a single crystalline form, Form 3, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 3 , and data shown in Table 3, obtained using CuK ⁇ radiation.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 3 , as shown in Table 3.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 3.
  • Form 3 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 6.8, 10.6, 13.6, 14.2, and 19.2°. In another embodiment, Form 3 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2 ⁇ angles of 10.6, 14.2, and 19.2°.
  • a single crystalline form, Form 4, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 4 , and data shown in Table 4, obtained using CuK ⁇ radiation.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 4 , as shown in Table 4.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 4.
  • Form 4 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 7.2, 13.6, 18.5, 19.3, 21.9, and 23.5°. In another embodiment, Form 4 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2 ⁇ angles of 13.6, 18.5, and 23.5°.
  • a single crystalline form, Form 5, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 5 , and data shown in Table 5, obtained using CuK ⁇ radiation.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 5 , as shown in Table 5.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 5.
  • Form 5 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 6.4, 8.4, 9.8, 17.8, and 19.7°. In another embodiment, Form 5 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2 ⁇ angles of 8.4 and 9.8°.
  • a single crystalline form, Form 6, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 15 , and data shown in Table 6, obtained using CuK ⁇ radiation.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 6 , as shown in Table 6.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight of the peaks shown in Table 6.
  • Form 6 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 8.1, 14.1, 16.4, 17.3, 20.5, and 24.1°. In another embodiment, Form 6 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2 ⁇ angles of 8.1, 16.4, 17.3, and 24.1°.
  • COMPOUND 2 is (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, or a polymorph thereof.
  • COMPOUND 2 has the following chemical structure:
  • COMPOUND 2 may also comprise one or more isotopic substitutions.
  • H may be in any isotopic form (“Isotopologues”), including 1 H, 2 H (D or deuterium), and 3 H (T or tritium);
  • C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C;
  • O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
  • COMPOUND 2 is enriched in a specific isotopic form of H, C and/or O by at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%.
  • COMPOUND 2 in certain embodiments may also be represented in multiple tautomeric forms, in such instances, one aspect of the invention expressly includes all tautomeric forms of COMPOUND 2 described herein, even though only a single tautomeric form may be represented (e.g., keto-enol tautomers). All such isomeric forms of COMPOUND 2 are expressly included herein. Synthesis of COMPOUND 2 is described in US published application US-2013-0190249-A1 published Jul. 25, 2013, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • COMPOUND 2 It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of COMPOUND 2, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt.
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts.” J. Pharm. Sci . Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
  • COMPOUND 2 is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., —NH— may be —N— ⁇ ), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
  • suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na + and K + , alkaline earth cations such as Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ , and other cations such as Al 3+ .
  • Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine.
  • An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH 3 ) 4 + .
  • COMPOUND 2 is cationic, or has a functional group that may be cationic (e.g., —NHR may be —NH 2 R + ), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
  • suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric.
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in the methods and pharmaceutical compositions provided herein therefore includes COMPOUND 2 itself, as well as its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers, isotopologues, prodrugs or polymorphs.
  • COMPOUND 2 provided herein may be modified and converted to a prodrug by appending appropriate functionalities to enhance selected biological properties, e.g., targeting to a particular tissue.
  • modifications i.e., prodrugs
  • prodrugs include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological compartment (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion.
  • prodrugs include esters (e.g., phosphates, amino acid (e.g., valine) esters), carbamates and other pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives, which, upon administration to a subject, are capable of providing active compounds.
  • COMPOUND 2 can exist in a variety of solid forms. In one embodiment, provided herein are solid forms that include neat crystal forms. In another embodiment, provided herein are solid forms that include solvated forms and amorphous forms.
  • the present disclosure provides certain solid forms of COMPOUND 2. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compositions comprising COMPOUND 2 in a form described herein. In some embodiments of provided compositions, COMPOUND 2 is present as a mixture of one or more solid forms; in some embodiments of provided compositions, COMPOUND 2 is present in a single form.
  • COMPOUND 2 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the single crystalline forms described herein. Synthesis of crystalline forms of COMPOUND 2 is described in international application publications WO 2015/138837 and WO 2015/138839, both published Sep. 17, 2015, both incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent; and COMPOUND 2, wherein COMPOUND 2 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the crystalline forms being described herein. Also provided are uses of COMPOUND 2, wherein COMPOUND 2 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the single crystalline forms described herein, to prepare a pharmaceutical composition.
  • At least a particular percentage by weight of COMPOUND 2 is crystalline. Particular weight percentages may be 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 10% and 100%.
  • a particular percentage by weight of COMPOUND 2 is crystalline
  • the remainder of COMPOUND 2 is the amorphous form of COMPOUND 2.
  • Non-limiting examples of crystalline COMPOUND 2 include a single crystalline form of compound 1 or a mixture of different single crystalline forms.
  • COMPOUND 2 is at least 90% by weight crystalline. In some other embodiments, COMPOUND 2 is at least 95% by weight crystalline.
  • a particular percentage by weight of the crystalline COMPOUND 2 is a specific single crystalline form or a combination of single crystalline forms. Particular weight percentages may be 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 10% and 100%.
  • COMPOUND 2 is at least 90% by weight of a single crystalline form.
  • COMPOUND 2 is at least 95% by weight of a single crystalline form.
  • COMPOUND 2 embodiments of the invention may be described with reference to a particular crystalline form of COMPOUND 2, as characterized by one or more properties as discussed herein.
  • the descriptions characterizing the crystalline forms may also be used to describe the mixture of different crystalline forms that may be present in a crystalline COMPOUND 2.
  • the particular crystalline forms of COMPOUND 2 may also be characterized by one or more of the characteristics of the crystalline form as described herein, with or without regard to referencing a particular crystalline form.
  • the crystalline forms are further illustrated by the detailed descriptions and illustrative examples given below.
  • the XRPD peaks described in Tables 1 to 2 may vary by ⁇ 0.2° depending upon the instrument used to obtain the data.
  • the intensity of the XRPD peaks described in Tables 1 to 2 may vary by 10%.
  • a single crystalline form, Form I, of COMPOUND 2 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 7 , and data shown in Table 7, obtained using CuK ⁇ radiation.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 7 , as shown in Table 7.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 7.
  • Form I can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 8.6, 15.6, 18.5, 20.6, 21.6, and 26.4°. In another embodiment, Form I can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2 ⁇ angles of 8.6, 15.6, 18.5, and 21.6°.
  • Form I can be characterized by the differential scanning calorimetry profile (DSC) shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the DSC graph plots the heat flow as a function of temperature from a sample, the temperature rate change being about 10° C./min.
  • the profile is characterized by an endothermic transition with an onset temperature of about 140.1° C. with a melt at about 149.9° C.
  • Form I can be characterized by thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA) shown in FIG. 9 .
  • TGA thermal gravimetric analysis
  • the TGA profile graphs the percent loss of weight of the sample as a function of temperature, the temperature rate change being about 10° C./min.
  • the weight loss represents a loss of about 0.44% of the weight of the sample as the temperature is changed from about 29.0° C. to 125.0° C.
  • a single crystalline form, Form II, of the COMPOUND 2 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 10 , and data shown in Table 8, obtained using CuK ⁇ radiation.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 10 , as shown in Table 8.
  • the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine or ten of the peaks shown in Table 8.
  • Form II can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 9.8, 11.6, 19.6, 22.5, 23.0, and 31.4°. In another embodiment, Form II can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2 ⁇ angles of 9.8, 11.6, 19.6, and 23.0°.
  • Form II can be characterized by the differential scanning calorimetry profile (DSC) shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the DSC graph plots the heat flow as a function of temperature from a sample, the temperature rate change being about 10° C./min.
  • the profile is characterized by an endothermic transition with an onset temperature of about 62.7° C. with a melt at about 72.5° C., and an endothermic transition with an onset temperature of about 145.6° C. with a melt at about 153.6° C.
  • Form II can be characterized by thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA) shown in FIG. 12 .
  • TGA thermal gravimetric analysis
  • the TGA profile graphs the percent loss of weight of the sample as a function of temperature, the temperature rate change being about 10° C./min.
  • the weight loss represents a loss of about 0.57% of the weight of the sample as the temperature is changed from about 29.3° C. to 170.3° C.
  • COMPOUND 2 characterized by a combination of the aforementioned characteristics of any of the single crystalline forms discussed herein.
  • the characterization may be by any combination of one or more of the)(RFD, TGA, and DSC described for a particular polymorph.
  • the single crystalline form of COMPOUND 2 may be characterized by any combination of the XRPD results regarding the position of the major peaks in a XRPD scan; and/or any combination of one or more of parameters derived from data obtained from a XRPD scan.
  • the single crystalline form of COMPOUND 2 may also be characterized by TGA determinations of the weight loss associated with a sample over a designated temperature range; and/or the temperature at which a particular weight loss transition begins. DSC determinations of the temperature associated with the maximum heat flow during a heat flow transition and/or the temperature at which a sample begins to undergo a heat flow transition may also characterize the crystalline form. Weight change in a sample and/or change in sorption/desorption of water per molecule of COMPOUND 2 as determined by water sorption/desorption measurements over a range of relative humidity (e.g., 0% to 90%) may also characterize a single crystalline form of COMPOUND 2.
  • the methods provided herein comprise co-administration of one or more second agent, wherein the second agent is a FLT3 targeting agent.
  • the second agent specifically binds to and inhibits FLT3, which interferes with the activation of FLT3-mediated signal transduction pathways and reduces cell proliferation in cancer cells that overexpress FLT3.
  • FLT3 Exemplary second agents that target FLT3 are described by Hitoshi Kiyo Nagoya J Med Sci. 2015 February; 77(1-2): 7-17 and Fathi et al., Am J Blood Res 2011; 1(2):175-189, incorporated by reference herein.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits wild type FLT3. In certain embodiments, a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits mutant FLT3. In certain embodiments, a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits FLT3-ITD. In certain embodiments, a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits FLT3-KDM.
  • the second agent is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449
  • the second agent is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006) and midostaurin (PKC412).
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH2 inhibitor.
  • the mutant IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 1.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH1 inhibitor.
  • the mutant IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 2.
  • the compounds utilized in the methods provided herein may be formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant into pharmaceutically acceptable compositions prior to be administered to a subject.
  • such pharmaceutically acceptable compositions further comprise additional therapeutic agents in amounts effective for achieving a modulation of disease or disease symptoms, including those described herein.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of one aspect of this invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS) such as d- ⁇ -tocopherol polyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate, surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes,
  • Cyclodextrins such as ⁇ -, ⁇ -, and ⁇ -cyclodextrin, or chemically modified derivatives such as hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, including 2- and 3-hydroxypropyl ⁇ -cyclodextrins, or other solubilized derivatives may also be advantageously used to enhance delivery of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 described herein.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises COMPOUND 1 and an excipient.
  • the pharmaceutical composition that comprises COMPOUND 1 and an excipient is for oral administration.
  • the excipient is a diluent, a binder, a disintegrant, a wetting agent, a stabilizer, a glidant, or a lubricant.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises COMPOUND 2 and an excipient.
  • the pharmaceutical composition that comprises COMPOUND 2 and an excipient is for oral administration.
  • the excipient is a diluent, a binder, a disintegrant, a wetting agent, a stabilizer, a glidant, or a lubricant.
  • the diluent is a microcrystalline cellulose.
  • the binder is a hydroxypropyl cellulose.
  • the disintegrant is sodium starch glycolate.
  • the wetting agent is sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • the stabilizer is hypromellose acetate succinate.
  • the glidant is colloidal silicon dioxide.
  • the lubricant is magnesiun stearate.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and an excipient. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition that comprises COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and an excipient, is for oral administration.
  • Oral delivery formats for COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules, caplets, solutions, suspensions, and syrups, and may also comprise a plurality of granules, beads, powders or pellets that may or may not be encapsulated. Such formats may also be referred to herein as the “drug core” which contains COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2.
  • the formulation is a tablet comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2.
  • the formulation is a capsule comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2.
  • the tablets or capsules provided herein optionally comprise one or more excipients, such as, for example, glidants, diluents, lubricants, colorants, disintegrants, granulating agents, binding agents, polymers, and coating agents.
  • the formulation is an immediate release tablet.
  • the formulation is a controlled release tablet releasing the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API), e.g., substantially in the stomach.
  • API active pharmaceutical ingredient
  • the formulation is a hard gelatin capsule. In certain embodiments, the formulation is a soft gelatin capsule. In certain embodiments, the capsule is a hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) capsule. In certain embodiments, the formulation is an immediate release capsule. In certain embodiments, the formulation is an immediate or controlled release capsule releasing the API, e.g., substantially in the stomach. In certain embodiments, the formulation is a rapidly disintegrating tablet that dissolves substantially in the mouth following administration. In certain embodiments, embodiments herein encompass the use of COMPOUND 1 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for treating a malignancy, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2, wherein the composition is prepared for oral administration. In certain embodiments, embodiments herein encompass the use of COMPOUND 2 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for treating a malignancy, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, wherein the composition is prepared for oral administration.
  • COMPOUND 1 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for treating a malignancy,
  • compositions e.g., immediate release oral formulations and/or formulations that release the API substantially in the stomach
  • COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 that achieve a particular AUC value (e.g., AUC(0-t) or AUC(0- ⁇ )) in the subject (e.g., human) to which the formulation is orally administered.
  • AUC value e.g., AUC(0-t) or AUC(0- ⁇ )
  • Particular embodiments provide oral formulations that achieve an AUC value of at least about 25 ng-hr/mL, at least about 50 ng-hr/mL, at least about 75 ng-hr/mL, at least about 100 ng-hr/mL, at least about 150 ng-hr/mL, at least about 200 ng-hr/mL, at least about 250 ng-hr/mL, at least about 300 ng-hr/mL, at least about 350 ng-hr/mL, at least about 400 ng-hr/mL, at least about 450 ng-hr/mL, at least about 500 ng-hr/mL, at least about 550 ng-hr/mL, at least about 600 ng-hr/mL, at least about 650 ng-hr/mL, at least about 700 ng-hr/mL, at least about 750 ng-hr/mL, at least about 800 ng-hr/mL, at least
  • compositions e.g., immediate release oral formulations and/or formulations that release the API substantially in the stomach
  • COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 that achieve a particular maximum plasma concentration (“Cmax”) in the subject to which the formulation is orally administered.
  • Cmax maximum plasma concentration
  • Particular embodiments provide oral formulations that achieve a Cmax of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 of at least about 25 ng/mL, at least about 50 ng/mL, at least about 75 ng/mL, at least about 100 ng/mL, at least about 150 ng/mL, at least about 200 ng/mL, at least about 250 ng/mL, at least about 300 ng/mL, at least about 350 ng/mL, at least about 400 ng/mL, at least about 450 ng/mL, at least about 500 ng/mL, at least about 550 ng/mL, at least about 600 ng/mL, at least about 650 ng/mL, at least about 700 ng/mL, at least about 750 ng/mL, at least about 800 ng/mL, at least about 850 ng/mL, at least about 900 ng/mL, at least about 950 ng/mL, at least about 1000 ng/mL, at least about
  • compositions e.g., immediate release oral formulations and/or formulations that release the API substantially in the stomach
  • COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 that achieve a particular time to maximum plasma concentration (“Tmax”) in the subject to which the formulation is orally administered.
  • Tmax time to maximum plasma concentration
  • Particular embodiments provide oral formulations that achieve a Tmax of the cytidine analog of less than about 10 min., less than about 15 min., less than about 20 min., less than about 25 min., less than about 30 min., less than about 35 min., less than about 40 min., less than about 45 min., less than about 50 min., less than about 55 min., less than about 60 min., less than about 65 min., less than about 70 min., less than about 75 min., less than about 80 min., less than about 85 min., less than about 90 min., less than about 95 min., less than about 100 min., less than about 105 min., less than about 110 min., less than about 115 min., less than about 120 min., less than about 130 min., less than about 140 min., less than about 150 min., less than about 160 min., less than about 170 min., less than about 180 min., less than about 190 min., less than about 200 min., less than about 210 min., less than about
  • compositions comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 wherein the oral dosage forms have an enteric coating.
  • the permeable or partly permeable enteric-coated tablet releases COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in an immediate release manner substantially in the stomach.
  • dosage forms designed to maximize the absorption and/or efficacious delivery of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2, upon oral administration, e.g., for release substantially in the stomach.
  • certain embodiments herein provide a solid oral dosage form of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 using pharmaceutical excipients designed for immediate release of the API upon oral administration, e.g., substantially in the stomach.
  • Particular immediate release formulations comprise a specific amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and optionally one or more excipients.
  • the formulation may be an immediate release tablet or an immediate release capsule (such as, e.g., an HPMC capsule).
  • formulations provided herein comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 provided herein (e.g., immediate release oral formulations and/or formulations that release the API substantially in the stomach).
  • the formulations provided herein may be prepared using conventional methods known to those skilled in the field of pharmaceutical formulation, as described, e.g., in pertinent textbooks.
  • formulations provided herein comprise COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in a specific amount.
  • the specific amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in the formulation is, e.g., about 10 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 20 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 40 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 60 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 80 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 100 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 120 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 140 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 160 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 180 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 200 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 220 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 240 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 260 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 280 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 300 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 320 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 340 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 360 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 380 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 400 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 420 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 440 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 460 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 480 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 600 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 700 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 800 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 900 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1000 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1100 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1200 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1300 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1400 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1500 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1600 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1700 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1800 mg.
  • the specific amount is about 1900 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2000 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2100 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2200 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2300 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2400 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2500 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 3000 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 4000 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 5000 mg.
  • the formulation is a tablet, wherein the tablet is manufactured using standard, art-recognized tablet processing procedures and equipment.
  • the method for forming the tablets is direct compression of a powdered, crystalline and/or granular composition comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 alone or in combination with one or more excipients, such as, for example, carriers, additives, polymers, or the like.
  • the tablets may be prepared using wet granulation or dry granulation processes.
  • the tablets are molded rather than compressed, starting with a moist or otherwise tractable material.
  • compression and granulation techniques are used.
  • the formulation is a capsule, wherein the capsules may be manufactured using standard, art-recognized capsule processing procedures and equipments.
  • soft gelatin capsules may be prepared in which the capsules contain a mixture of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and vegetable oil or non-aqueous, water miscible materials such as, for example, polyethylene glycol and the like.
  • hard gelatin capsules may be prepared containing granules of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in combination with a solid pulverulent carrier, such as, for example, lactose, saccharose, sorbitol, mannitol, potato starch, corn starch, amylopectin, cellulose derivatives, or gelatin.
  • a hard gelatin capsule shell may be prepared from a capsule composition comprising gelatin and a small amount of plasticizer such as glycerol.
  • the capsule shell may be made of a carbohydrate material.
  • the capsule composition may additionally include polymers, colorings, flavorings and opacifiers as required.
  • the capsule comprises HPMC.
  • the formulation of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is prepared using aqueous solvents without causing significant hydrolytic degradation of the compounds.
  • the formulation of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is a tablet which contains a coating applied to the drug core using aqueous solvents without causing significant hydrolytic degradation of the compound in the formulation.
  • water is employed as the solvent for coating the drug core.
  • the oral dosage form of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is a tablet containing a film coat applied to the drug core using aqueous solvents.
  • water is employed as the solvent for film-coating.
  • the tablet containing COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is film-coated using aqueous solvents without effecting degradation of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • water is used as the film coating solvent without effecting degradation of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • an oral dosage form comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and an aqueous film coating effects immediate drug release upon oral delivery.
  • the oral dosage form comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and an aqueous film coating effects controlled drug release to the upper gastrointestinal tract, e.g., the stomach, upon oral administration.
  • a tablet with an aqueous-based film coating comprises COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 as the API.
  • a controlled release pharmaceutical formulation for oral administration of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 substantially in the stomach comprising: a) a specific amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2; b) a drug release controlling component for controlling the release of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 substantially in the upper gastrointestinal tract, e.g., the stomach; and c) optionally one or more excipients.
  • the oral dosage form comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is prepared as a controlled release tablet or capsule which includes a drug core comprising the pharmaceutical composition and optional excipients.
  • a “seal coat” or “shell” is applied.
  • a formulation provided herein comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 provided herein is a controlled release tablet or capsule, which comprises a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2, a drug release controlling component that controls the release of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 substantially in the stomach upon oral administration, and optionally, one or more excipients.
  • a drug release controlling component that is a polymer matrix, which swells upon exposure to gastric fluid to effect the gastric retention of the formulation and the sustained release of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 from the polymer matrix substantially in the stomach.
  • such formulations may be prepared by incorporating COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 into a suitable polymeric matrix during formulation. Examples of such formulations are known in the art. See, e.g., Shell et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2002/0051820 (application Ser. No. 9/990,061); Shell et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0039688 (application Ser. No. 10/045,823); Gusler et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0104053 (application Ser. No. 10/029,134), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the drug release controlling component may comprise a shell surrounding the drug-containing core, wherein the shell releases COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 from the core by, e.g., permitting diffusion of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 from the core and promoting gastric retention of the formulation by swelling upon exposure to gastric fluids to a size that is retained in the stomach.
  • such formulations may be prepared by first compressing a mixture of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and one or more excipients to form a drug core, and compressing another powdered mixture over the drug core to form the shell, or enclosing the drug core with a capsule shell made of suitable materials. Examples of such formulations are known in the art. See, e.g., Berner et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0104062 application Ser. No. 10/213,823), incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations provided herein contain COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and, optionally, one or more excipients to form a “drug core.”
  • excipients include, e.g., diluents (bulking agents), lubricants, disintegrants, fillers, stabilizers, surfactants, preservatives, coloring agents, flavoring agents, binding agents, excipient supports, glidants, permeation enhancement excipients, plasticizers and the like, e.g., as known in the art. It will be understood by those in the art that some substances serve more than one purpose in a pharmaceutical composition.
  • some substances are binders that help hold a tablet together after compression, yet are also disintegrants that help break the tablet apart once it reaches the target delivery site. Selection of excipients and amounts to use may be readily determined by the formulation scientist based upon experience and consideration of standard procedures and reference works available in the art.
  • formulations provided herein comprise one or more binders.
  • Binders may be used, e.g., to impart cohesive qualities to a tablet, and thus ensure that the tablet remains intact after compression.
  • Suitable binders include, but are not limited to, starch (including corn starch and pregelatinized starch), gelatin, sugars (including sucrose, glucose, dextrose and lactose), polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, waxes, and natural and synthetic gums, e.g., acacia sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulosic polymers (including hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and the like), veegum, carbomer (e.g., carbopol), sodium, dextrin, guar gum, hydrogenated vegetable oil, magnesium aluminum silicate, maltodextrin, polymeth
  • Binding agents also include, e.g., acacia, agar, alginic acid, cabomers, carrageenan, cellulose acetate phthalate, ceratonia, chitosan, confectioner's sugar, copovidone, dextrates, dextrin, dextrose, ethylcellulose, gelatin, glyceryl behenate, guar gum, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl starch, hypromellose, inulin, lactose, magnesium aluminum silicate, maltodextrin, maltose, methylcellulose, poloxamer, polycarbophil, polydextrose, polyethylene oxide, polymethylacrylates, povidone, sodium alginate, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, starch, pregelatinized starch, stearic acid, sucrose, and zein.
  • acacia e.g.,
  • the binding agent can be, relative to the drug core, in the amount of about 2% w/w of the drug core; about 4% w/w of the drug core, about 6% w/w of the drug core, about 8% w/w of the drug core, about 10% w/w of the drug core, about 12% w/w of the drug core, about 14% w/w of the drug core, about 16% w/w of the drug core, about 18% w/w of the drug core, about 20% w/w of the drug core, about 22% w/w of the drug core, about 24% w/w of the drug core, about 26% w/w of the drug core, about 28% w/w of the drug core, about 30% w/w of the drug core, about 32% w/w of the drug core, about 34% w/w of the drug core, about 36% w/w of the drug core, about 38% w/w of the drug core, about 40% w/w of the drug core, about 4
  • formulations provided herein comprise one or more diluents.
  • Diluents may be used, e.g., to increase bulk so that a practical size tablet is ultimately provided.
  • Suitable diluents include dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, lactose, cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sodium chloride, dry starch, microcrystalline cellulose (e.g., AVICEL), microtine cellulose, pregelitinized starch, calcium carbonate, calcium sulfate, sugar, dextrates, dextrin, dextrose, dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate, tribasic calcium phosphate, kaolin, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, maltodextrin, mannitol, polymethacrylates (e.g., EUDRAGIT), potassium chloride, sodium chloride, sorbitol and talc, among others.
  • EUDRAGIT EUDRAGIT
  • Diluents also include, e.g., ammonium alginate, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, cellulose acetate, compressible sugar, confectioner's sugar, dextrates, dextrin, dextrose, erythritol, ethylcellulose, fructose, fumaric acid, glyceryl palmitostearate, isomalt, kaolin, lacitol, lactose, mannitol, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, maltodextrin, maltose, medium-chain triglycerides, microcrystalline cellulose, microcrystalline silicified cellulose, powered cellulose, polydextrose, polymethylacrylates, simethicone, sodium alginate, sodium chloride, sorbitol, starch, pregelatinized starch, sucrose, sulfobutylether- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, talc, tragacanth, trehalose, and
  • Diluents may be used in amounts calculated to obtain a desired volume for a tablet or capsule; in certain embodiments, a diluent is used in an amount of about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 22% or more, about 24% or more, about 26% or more, about 28% or more, about 30% or more, about 32% or more, about 34% or more, about 36% or more, about 38% or more, about 40% or more, about 42% or more, about 44% or more, about 46% or more, about 48% or more, about 50% or more, about 52% or more, about 54% or more, about 56% or more, about 58% or more, about 60% or more, about 62% or more, about 64% or more, about 68% or more, about 70% ore more, about 72% or more, about 74% or more, about 76% or more, about 78% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, or about 95% or more, weight/weight
  • formulations provided herein comprise one or more lubricants.
  • Lubricants may be used, e.g., to facilitate tablet manufacture; examples of suitable lubricants include, for example, vegetable oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and oil of theobroma, glycerin, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, and stearic acid.
  • stearates if present, represent no more than approximately 2 weight % of the drug-containing core.
  • lubricants include, e.g., calcium stearate, glycerin monostearate, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, magnesium stearate, myristic acid, palmitic acid, poloxamer, polyethylene glycol, potassium benzoate, sodium benzoate, sodium chloride, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium stearyl fumarate, stearic acid, talc, and zinc stearate.
  • the lubricant is magnesium stearate.
  • the lubricant is present, relative to the drug core, in an amount of about 0.2% w/w of the drug core, about 0.4% w/w of the drug core, about 0.6% w/w of the drug core, about 0.8% w/w of the drug core, about 1.0% w/w of the drug core, about 1.2% w/w of the drug core, about 1.4% w/w of the drug core, about 1.6% w/w of the drug core, about 1.8% w/w of the drug core, about 2.0% w/w of the drug core, about 2.2% w/w of the drug core, about 2.4% w/w of the drug core, about 2.6% w/w of the drug core, about 2.8% w/w of the drug core, about 3.0% w/w of the drug core, about 3.5% w/w of the drug core, about 4% w/w of the drug core, about 4.5% w/w of the drug core, about 5% w/w of the drug core, about 6% w/w of
  • formulations provided herein comprise one or more disintegrants.
  • Disintegrants may be used, e.g., to facilitate disintegration of the tablet, and may be, e.g., starches, clays, celluloses, algins, gums or crosslinked polymers.
  • Disintegrants also include, e.g., alginic acid, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium (e.g., AC-DI-SOL, PRIMELLOSE), colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone (e.g., KOLLIDON, POLYPLASDONE), guar gum, magnesium aluminum silicate, methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, polacrilin potassium, powdered cellulose, pregelatinized starch, sodium alginate, sodium starch glycolate (e.g., EXPLOTAB) and starch.
  • alginic acid carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium (e.g., AC-DI-SOL, PRIMELLOSE), colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone (e.g., KOLLIDON, POLYPLASDONE), guar gum, magnesium aluminum silicate, methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, polacrilin potassium,
  • disintegrants include, e.g., calcium alginate, chitosan, sodium docusate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and povidone.
  • the disintegrant is, relative to the drug core, present in the amount of about 1% w/w of the drug core, about 2% w/w of the drug core, about 3% w/w of the drug core, about 4% w/w of the drug core, about 5% w/w of the drug core, about 6% w/w of the drug core, about 7% w/w of the drug core, about 8% w/w of the drug core, about 9% w/w of the drug core, about 10% w/w of the drug core, about 12% w/w of the drug core, about 14% w/w of the drug core, about 16% w/w of the drug core, about 18% w/w of the drug core, about 20% w/w of the drug core, about 22% w/w of the drug core, about
  • formulations provided herein comprise one or more stabilizers.
  • Stabilizers also called absorption enhancers
  • Stabilizing agents include, e.g., d-Alpha-tocopheryl polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate (Vitamin E TPGS), acacia, albumin, alginic acid, aluminum stearate, ammonium alginate, ascorbic acid, ascorbyl palmitate, bentonite, butylated hydroxytoluene, calcium alginate, calcium stearate, calcium carboxymethylcellulose, carrageenan, ceratonia, colloidal silicon dioxide, cyclodextrins, diethanolamine, edetates, ethylcellulose, ethyleneglycol palmitostearate, glycerin monostearate, guar gum, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hypromellose,
  • the stabilizer is, relative to the drug core, present in the amount of about 1% w/w of the drug core, about 2% w/w of the drug core, about 3% w/w of the drug core, about 4% w/w of the drug core, about 5% w/w of the drug core, about 6% w/w of the drug core, about 7% w/w of the drug core, about 8% w/w of the drug core, about 9% w/w of the drug core, about 10% w/w of the drug core, about 12% w/w of the drug core, about 14% w/w of the drug core, about 16% w/w of the drug core, about 18% w/w of the drug core, about 20% w/w of the drug core, about 22% w/w of the drug core, about 24% w/w of the drug core, about 26% w/w of the drug core, about 28% w/w of the drug core, about 30% w/w of the
  • formulations provided herein comprise one or more glidants.
  • Glidants may be used, e.g., to improve the flow properties of a powder composition or granulate or to improve the accuracy of dosing.
  • Excipients that may function as glidants include, e.g., colloidal silicon dioxide, magnesium trisilicate, powdered cellulose, starch, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium silicate, powdered cellulose, colloidal silicon dioxide, magnesium silicate, magnesium trisilicate, silicon dioxide, starch, tribasic calcium phosphate, and talc.
  • the glidant is, relative to the drug core, present in the amount of less than about 1% w/w of the drug core, about 1% w/w of the drug core, about 2% w/w of the drug core, about 3% w/w of the drug core, about 4% w/w of the drug core, about 5% w/w of the drug core, about 6% w/w of the drug core, about 7% w/w of the drug core, about 8% w/w of the drug core, about 9% w/w of the drug core, about 10% w/w of the drug core, about 12% w/w of the drug core, about 14% w/w of the drug core, about 16% w/w of the drug core, about 18% w/w of the drug core, about 20% w/w of the drug core, about 22% w/w of the drug core, about 24% w/w of the drug core, about 26% w/w of the drug core, about 28% w/w of
  • the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir, preferably by oral administration or administration by injection.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may contain any conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles.
  • the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
  • This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents (such as, for example, Tween 80) and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • suitable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are mannitol, water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions.
  • These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, or carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms such as emulsions and or suspensions.
  • surfactants such as Tweens or Spans and/or other similar emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
  • compositions provided herein may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration.
  • suppositories for rectal administration.
  • These compositions can be prepared by mixing a compound of one aspect of this invention with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at room temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the active components.
  • suitable non-irritating excipient include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
  • Topical administration of the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein is useful when the desired treatment involves areas or organs readily accessible by topical application.
  • the pharmaceutical composition should be formulated with a suitable ointment containing the active components suspended or dissolved in a carrier.
  • Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of one aspect of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petroleum, white petroleum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be formulated with a suitable lotion or cream containing the active compound suspended or dissolved in a carrier with suitable emulsifying agents.
  • Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may also be topically applied to the lower intestinal tract by rectal suppository formulation or in a suitable enema formulation. Topically-transdermal patches are also included herein.
  • compositions provided herein may be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation.
  • Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art.
  • the compositions provided herein can, for example, be administered by injection, intravenously, intraarterially, subdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, or subcutaneously; or orally, buccally, nasally, transmucosally, topically, in an ophthalmic preparation, or by inhalation, with a dosage ranging from about 0.5 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight, alternatively dosages between 1 mg and 1000 mg/dose, every 4 to 120 hours, or according to the requirements of the particular drug.
  • the methods herein contemplate administration of an effective amount of compound or compound composition to achieve the desired or stated effect.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are administered from about 1 to about 6 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion.
  • Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form varies depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • a typical preparation contains from about 5% to about 95% active compound (w/w).
  • such preparations contain from about 20% to about 80% active compound.
  • a maintenance dose of a compound, composition or combination provided herein may be administered, if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or frequency of administration, or both, may be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved condition is retained when the symptoms have been alleviated to the desired level. Subjects may, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of disease symptoms.
  • COMPOUND 2 is administered in compositions, comprising COMPOUND 2, and one or more polymer(s) as part of a solid dispersion (e.g., an amorphous solid dispersion).
  • the solid dispersion comprises COMPOUND 2, and one or more polymer(s).
  • the solid dispersion comprises COMPOUND 2, one or more polymer(s), and one or more surfactant(s).
  • the solid dispersion comprises COMPOUND 2, and one polymer.
  • the solid dispersion comprises COMPOUND 2, one polymer, and a surfactant.
  • the solid dispersions provided herein, comprising COMPOUND 2 enhance the solubility of COMPOUND 2 relative to a neat crystalline form of COMPOUND 2 (e.g., Form 1 or Form 2), and thus provide improved exposure upon oral dosing of the solid dispersion to a subject.
  • the solid dispersion comprises COMPOUND 2, one or more polymer(s), and optionally one or more solubility enhancing surfactant.
  • the aqueous solubility of Form 1 is about 0.025 mg/mL to about 0.035 mg/mL and the aqueous solubility of Form 2 is about 0.008 mg/mL to about 0.010 mg/mL.
  • Form 2 has a solubility of about 0.018 mg/mL in fasted state simulated intestinal fluid (FASSIF) at a pH of 6.1 at 4 hours.
  • amorphous spray-dried dispersions have a solubility of about 0.05 mg/mL to about 0.50 mg/mL in FASSIF at 3 hours.
  • the solid dispersion exhibits at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, or at least about 90% higher exposure of COMPOUND 2, when administered to a subject as compared to administration of in-situ amorphous COMPOUND 2. In some embodiments, the solid dispersion exhibits at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, or at least about 90% higher exposure of COMPOUND 2, when administered to a subject as compared to administration of neat crystalline COMPOUND 2.
  • COMPOUND 2 exposure is improved when solid dispersion dosage forms are administered as compared to neat crystalline COMPOUND 2 Form 2.
  • At least a portion of COMPOUND 2, in the solid dispersion is in the amorphous state (e.g., at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%).
  • the solid dispersion is substantially free of crystalline COMPOUND 2.
  • the composition is an amorphous solid (e.g. spray dried) dispersion comprising COMPOUND 2, and a polymer.
  • the amorphous solid dispersion can include, e.g., less than about 30%, less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2%, or less than about 1% of crystalline COMPOUND 2, e.g., be substantially free of crystalline COMPOUND 2.
  • the solid dispersion exhibits a predetermined level of physical and/or chemical stability.
  • the solid dispersion retains about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98%, or about 99%, of amorphous COMPOUND 2, when stored at 25° C. in a closed water tight container, e.g., an amber glass vial, high density polyethylene (HDPE) container or double polyethylene bags with twisted nylon tie placed in an HDPE container with desiccant.
  • a closed water tight container e.g., an amber glass vial, high density polyethylene (HDPE) container or double polyethylene bags with twisted nylon tie placed in an HDPE container with desiccant.
  • HDPE high density polyethylene
  • the polymer increases the chemical or physical stability (e.g., as measured by a Modulated Differential Scanning calorimeter) of COMPOUND 2, when stored (e.g., at 2-8° C., e.g. 4° C. or at room temperature) by at least about 10% (e.g., by at least about 20%, by at least about 30%, by at least about 40%, by at least about 50%, by at least about 60%, by at least about 70%, by at least about 80%, or by at least about 90%) compared to amorphous COMPOUND 2, without being in the presence of the polymer.
  • a Modulated Differential Scanning calorimeter e.g., as measured by a Modulated Differential Scanning calorimeter
  • a solid dispersion generally exhibits a glass transition temperature, where the dispersion makes a transition from a glassy solid to a rubbery composition.
  • the higher the glass transition temperature the greater the physical stability of the dispersion.
  • the existence of a glass transition temperature generally indicates that at least a large portion of the composition (e.g., dispersion) is in an amorphous state.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of a solid dispersion suitable for pharmaceutical applications is generally at least about 50° C. In some embodiments, higher temperatures are preferred. Therefore, in some embodiments, a solid dispersion disclosed herein has a Tg of at least about 100° C.
  • the Tg is up to about 200° C. In some embodiments, the Tg is up to about 130° C.
  • the solid dispersion has a higher glass transition temperature than the glass transition temperature of amorphous COMPOUND 2, without being in the presence of the polymer(s). In some embodiments, the solid dispersion has a relaxation rate that is lower than the relaxation rate of amorphous COMPOUND 2, without being in the presence of the polymer(s).
  • polymers in the solid dispersion include cellulose derivatives (e.g., hydroxypropylmethylcellulose also known as hypromellose, (HPMC), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, also known as hypromellose phthalate (HPMCP), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate, also known as hpromellose acetate succinate, (HPMCAS), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC)), ethylcellulose, or cellulose acetate phthalate; polyvinylpyrrolidones (PVP); polyethylene glycols (PEG); polyvinyl alcohols (PVA); polyvinyl esters, such as Polyvinyl Acetate Phthalate (PVAP); acrylates, such as polymethacrylate (e.g., Eudragit® E); cyclodextrins (e.g., .beta.-cyclodextrin); Poly (D, L-lactide) (PLA), Poly (D,L-l
  • the solid dispersion includes one water-soluble polymer. In some embodiments, the solid dispersion includes one partially water-soluble polymer. In some embodiments, the polymer is a cellulose polymer.
  • the polymer is HPMCAS (e.g., HPMCAS of different grades: HPMCAS-M, HPMCAS-MG or HPMCAS-HG).
  • the polymer is PVAP.
  • the polymer is HPMC (e.g., HPMC of different grades: HMPC60SH50, HPMCE50 or HPMCE15).
  • the polymer is HPMCP (e.g., HPMCP of different grades: e.g., HMPCP-HP55).
  • the polymer is a pH-dependent enteric polymer.
  • pH-dependent enteric polymers include, but are not limited to, cellulose derivatives (e.g., cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP)), HPMCP, HPMCAS, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) or a salt thereof (e.g., a sodium salt such as (CMC-Na)); cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), hydroxypropylcellulose acetate phthalate (HPCAP), hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose acetate phthalate (HPMCAP), and methylcellulose acetate phthalate (MCAP), polymethacrylates (e.g., Eudragit S), or mixtures thereof.
  • cellulose derivatives e.g., cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP)
  • HPMCP HPMCAS
  • CMC carboxymethylcellulose
  • CMC-Na salt thereof e.g., a sodium salt such as (CMC-Na)
  • CAT cellulose acetate trimellitate
  • the polymer is hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate, also known as hypromellose acetate succinate, (HPMCAS), e.g., HMPCAS-HG.
  • HPMCAS hypromellose acetate succinate
  • the polymer(s) is an insoluble cross-linked polymer, for example a polyvinylpyrrolidone (e.g., Crospovidone).
  • the polymer(s) is polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).
  • the one or more polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of between about 10% w/w and 90% w/w (e.g., between about 20% w/w and about 80% w/w; between about 30% w/w and about 70% w/w; between about 40% w/w and about 60% w/w; or between about 15% w/w and about 35% w/w).
  • the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 10% w/w to about 80% w/w, for example from about 30% w/w to about 75% w/w, or from about 40% w/w to about 65% w/w, or from about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w, for example, about 46% w/w, about 47% w/w, about 48% w/w, about 49% w/w, about 50% w/w, about 51% w/w, about 52% w/w, about 53% w/w, or about 54% w/w.
  • the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 48% w/w, about 48.5% w/w, about 49% w/w, about 49.5% w/w, about 50% w/w, about 50.5% w/w, about 51% w/w, about 51.5% w/w, about 52% w/w, or about 52.5% w/w.
  • the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 30% w/w to about 70% w/w. In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 35% w/w to about 65% w/w. In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 40% w/w to about 60% w/w. In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w. In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 50% w/w.
  • COMPOUND 2 is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 10% w/w and 90% w/w (e.g., between about 20% w/w and about 80% w/w; between about 30% w/w and about 70% w/w; between about 40% w/w and about 60% w/w; or between about 15% w/w and about 35% w/w).
  • COMPOUND 2 is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 10% w/w to about 80% w/w, for example from about 30% w/w to about 75% w/w, or from about 40% w/w to about 65% w/w, or from about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w, for example, about 46% w/w, about 47% w/w, about 48% w/w, about 49% w/w, about 50% w/w, about 51% w/w, about 52% w/w, about 53% w/w, or about 54% w/w.
  • COMPOUND 2 is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 48% w/w, about 48.5% w/w, about 49% w/w, about 49.5% w/w, about 50% w/w, about 50.5% w/w, about 51% w/w, about 51.5% w/w, about 52% w/w, or about 52.5% w/w.
  • COMPOUND 2 is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 30% w/w to about 70% w/w. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 35% w/w to about 65% w/w. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 40% w/w to about 60% w/w. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 50% w/w.
  • the solid dispersion includes about 20% w/w to about 80% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 20% w/w to about 80% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 25% w/w to about 75% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 25% w/w to about 75% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 30% w/w to about 70% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 30% w/w to about 70% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 35% w/w to about 65% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 35% w/w to about 65% of polymer(s).
  • the solid dispersion includes about 40% w/w to about 60% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 40% w/w to about 60% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 45% w/w to about 55% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 50% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 50% w/w of polymer(s).
  • the solid dispersion includes about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w HPMCAS (e.g., HPMCAS-MG or HPMCAS-HG, or other grades such as LF, MF, HF, or LG) or PVAP.
  • the solid dispersion includes about 50% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 50% w/w of HPMCAS.
  • the solid dispersion also includes a surfactant or inert pharmaceutically acceptable substance.
  • surfactants in the solid dispersion include sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), vitamin E or a derivative thereof (e.g., vitamin E TPGS), Docusate Sodium, sodium dodecyl sulfate, polysorbates (such as Tween 20 and Tween 80), poloxamers (such as Poloxamer 335 and Poloxamer 407), glyceryl monooleate, Span 65, Span 25, Capryol 90, pluronic copolymers (e.g., Pluronic F108, Pluronic P-123), and mixtures thereof.
  • the surfactant is SLS.
  • the surfactant is vitamin E or a derivative thereof (e.g., vitamin E TPGS).
  • the surfactant is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 0.1% w/w to about 10% w/w, for example from about 0.5% w/w to about 2% w/w, or from about 1% w/w to about 3% w/w, from about 1% w/w to about 4% w/w, or from about 1% w/w to about 5% w/w.
  • the surfactant is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 0.1% w/w, about 0.2% w/w, about 0.3% w/w, about 0.4% w/w, about 0.5% w/w, about 0.6% w/w, about 0.7% w/w, about 0.8% w/w, about 0.9% w/w, or about 1% w/w.
  • the surfactant is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 0.5% w/w, about 1% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 2% w/w, about 2.5% w/w, about 3% w/w, about 3.5% w/w, about 4% w/w, about 4.5% w/w, or about 5% w/w.
  • the solid dispersion may be prepared according to a process described herein.
  • methods that could be used include those that involve rapid removal of solvent or solvent mixture from a mixture or cooling a molten sample. Such methods include, but are not limited to, rotational evaporation, freeze-drying (i.e., lyophilization), vacuum drying, melt congealing, and melt extrusion.
  • One embodiment of this disclosure involves solid dispersion obtained by spray-drying. In one embodiment, the product obtained by spray drying is dried to remove the solvent or solvent mixture.
  • Preparations disclosed herein can be obtained by spray-drying a mixture comprising COMPOUND 2, one or more polymer(s), and an appropriate solvent or solvent mixture.
  • Spray drying involves atomization of a liquid mixture containing, e.g., a solid and a solvent or solvent mixture, and removal of the solvent or solvent mixture.
  • the solvent or solvent mixture can also contain a nonvolatile solvent, such as glacial acetic acid. Atomization may be done, for example, through a two-fluid or pressure or electrosonic nozzle or on a rotating disk.
  • Spray drying converts a liquid feed to a dried particulate form.
  • Spray drying generally involves the atomization of a liquid feed solution into a spray of droplets and contacting the droplets with hot air or gas in a drying chamber.
  • the sprays are generally produced by either rotary (wheel) or nozzle atomizers. Evaporation of moisture from the droplets and formation of dry particles proceed under controlled temperature and airflow conditions.
  • a secondary drying process such as fluidized bed drying or vacuum drying, may be used to reduce residual solvents (and other additives, such as glacial acetic acid) to pharmaceutically acceptable levels.
  • spray-drying involves contacting a highly dispersed liquid suspension or solution (e.g., atomized solution), and a sufficient volume of hot air or gas (e.g., nitrogen, e.g., pure nitrogen) to produce evaporation and drying of the liquid droplets.
  • the preparation to be spray dried can be any solution, coarse suspension, slurry, colloidal dispersion, or paste that may be atomized using the selected spray-drying apparatus.
  • the preparation is sprayed into a current of warm filtered air (or into gas, e.g., nitrogen) that evaporates the solvent and conveys the dried product to a collector (e.g., a cyclone).
  • a collector e.g., a cyclone
  • the spent air or gas is then exhausted with the solvent (or solvent mixture including any additives such as glacial acetic acid), (e.g., then filtered) or alternatively the spent air or gas is sent to a condenser to capture and potentially recycle the solvent or solvent mixture.
  • a gas e.g., nitrogen
  • the gas is then optionally recycled, heated again and returned to the unit in a closed loop system.
  • Commercially available types of apparatus may be used to conduct the spray-drying.
  • commercial spray dryers are manufactured by Buchi Ltd. and Niro (e.g., the PSD line of spray driers manufactured by Niro).
  • Spray-drying typically employs solids loads of material from about 1% to about 30% or up to about 50% (i.e., therapeutically active compound plus and excipients), preferably at least about 10%. In some embodiments, solids loads of less than 10% may result in poor yields and unacceptably long run-times. In general, the upper limit of solids loads is governed by the viscosity of (e.g., the ability to pump) the resulting solution and the solubility of the components in the solution. Generally, the viscosity of the solution can determine the size of the particle in the resulting powder product.
  • the spray-drying is conducted with an inlet temperature of from about 40° C. to about 200° C., for example, from about 70° C. to about 150° C., preferably from about 40° C. to about 60° C., about 50° C. to about 55° C., or about 80° C. to about 110° C., e.g., about 90° C.
  • the spray-drying is generally conducted with an outlet temperature of from about 20° C. to about 100° C., for example from about 25° C. to about 30° C. (e.g., about 26° C.), about 40° C. to about 50° C., about 50° C. to about 65° C., e.g., about 56° C. to about 58° C.
  • Removal of the solvent or solvent mixture may require a subsequent drying step, such as tray drying, fluid bed drying (e.g., from about room temperature to about 100° C.), vacuum drying, microwave drying, rotary drum drying or biconical vacuum drying (e.g., from about room temperature to about 200° C.).
  • a subsequent drying step such as tray drying, fluid bed drying (e.g., from about room temperature to about 100° C.), vacuum drying, microwave drying, rotary drum drying or biconical vacuum drying (e.g., from about room temperature to about 200° C.).
  • the spray-drying is fluidized spray drying (FSD).
  • the steps in FSD can include, for example: preparing a liquid feed solution (e.g., containing COMPOUND 2, and optionally a polymer(s) and/or surfactant(s), dissolved or suspended in solvent(s)); atomizing (e.g., with a pressure nozzle, a rotary atomizer or disk, two-fluid nozzle or other atomizing methods) the feed solution upon delivery into the drying chamber of a spray dryer, e.g., operating in FSD mode; drying the feed solution in the drying chamber with heated air or a heated gas (e.g., nitrogen) to obtain a product, wherein larger particles of product separate out, e.g., drop out, while fines are carried by a stream of air or gas up to the top of the drying chamber (e.g., by natural convection) and to a cyclone, and re-introducing (e.g., at the top of the drying chamber or axially
  • the feed solution can instead be spray congealed, e.g., the chamber is at room temperature (e.g., 21 ⁇ 4° C.) or is cooled, e.g., cooled gas (e.g., nitrogen) is used for the process.
  • cooled gas e.g., nitrogen
  • FSD can further include collecting the agglomerated product in a first fluidizing chamber; which can be followed by discharging the agglomerated product from the first fluidizing chamber to a second fluidizing chamber, wherein a post-drying process can occur.
  • the agglomerated product (e.g., that separates out in the drying chamber) can then be transferred from the second fluidizing chamber to a third fluidizing chamber, where the agglomerated product is cooled.
  • the agglomerated product (e.g., a solid dispersion of an amorphous compound) can then be further processed.
  • the product can be directly compressed.
  • the product can optionally be blended with a surfactant, excipient, or pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, e.g., prior to direct compression.
  • the product can optionally be further processed, e.g., milled, granulated, blended, and/or mixed with a melt granulate, surfactant, excipient, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • FSD can be performed in a commercial spray dryer operating in fluidized spray dryer mode (FSD mode). FSD can be accomplished in either open cycle mode or closed cycle mode (e.g., the drying gas, e.g., nitrogen, is recycled). Examples of suitable spray dryers for use in FSD include dryers from Niro (e.g., the PSD line of spray driers manufactured by Niro: PHARMASDTM; Chemical or SD line dryers). FSD can essentially be performed in any spray dryer that is configured to allow for the re-introduction of fines into the drying chamber.
  • FSD mode fluidized spray dryer mode
  • FSD can be accomplished in either open cycle mode or closed cycle mode (e.g., the drying gas, e.g., nitrogen, is recycled).
  • suitable spray dryers for use in FSD include dryers from Niro (e.g., the PSD line of spray driers manufactured by Niro: PHARMASDTM; Chemical or SD line dryers).
  • FSD can essentially be performed in any spray dryer
  • Additional post drying e.g., in a vacuum or fluidized bed dryer or a double cone or biconical post-dryer or a tumble dryer, can be performed if needed/applicable to remove further solvents.
  • a post-drying step is performed.
  • a dispersion e.g., powder
  • desirable properties e.g., median particle size (d50) of 40-200 microns 9 e.g., 40-150 microns
  • powder bulk density e.g., 0.2 to 0.5 g/ml
  • improved powder flowability e.g., low cohesion forces, low interparticle internal friction
  • dry powder with low OVIs Organic Volatile Impurities
  • the inlet temperature is between about 50° C. and about 200° C., e.g., between about 60° C. and about 150° C., between about 70° C. and about 100° C., between about 60° C. and about 95° C., between about 65° C. and about 85° C., between about 70° C. and about 90° C., between about 85° C. and about 95° C., or between about 70° C. and about 85° C.
  • the outlet temperature is between about room temperature (e.g., USP room temperature (e.g., 21 ⁇ 4° C.)) and about 80° C., e.g., between about 25° C. and about 75° C., between about 30° C. and about 65° C., between about 35° C. and about 70° C., between about 40° C. and about 65° C., between about 45° C. and about 60° C., between about 35° C. and about 45° C., between about 35° C. and about 40° C., or between about 37° C. and about 40° C.
  • room temperature e.g., USP room temperature (e.g., 21 ⁇ 4° C.)
  • 80° C. e.g., between about 25° C. and about 75° C., between about 30° C. and about 65° C., between about 35° C. and about 70° C., between about 40° C. and about 65° C., between about 45° C. and about 60° C., between
  • the temperature set points of the fluidized beds is between about room temperature (e.g., USP room temperature (e.g., 21 ⁇ 4° C.)) and about 100° C., e.g., between about 30° C. and about 95° C., between about 40° C. and about 90° C., between about 50° C. and about 80° C., between about 60° C. and about 85° C., between about 65° C. and about 95° C., or between about 80° C. and about 95° C.
  • room temperature e.g., USP room temperature (e.g., 21 ⁇ 4° C.)
  • 100° C. e.g., between about 30° C. and about 95° C., between about 40° C. and about 90° C., between about 50° C. and about 80° C., between about 60° C. and about 85° C., between about 65° C. and about 95° C., or between about 80° C. and about 95° C.
  • FSD can be performed on a mixture containing COMPOUND 2.
  • FSD can be performed on a mixture containing COMPOUND 2, and one or more polymer(s), and optionally one or more surfactant(s), and optionally one or more additional excipients(s)) to obtain a solid dispersion of amorphous COMPOUND 2 thereof, e.g., that can be directly compressed into an oral dosage form (e.g., tablet).
  • the dispersion can be blended with one or more excipients prior to compression.
  • the process for preparing a solid dispersion of COMPOUND 2 comprises:
  • the one or more polymer(s) and one or more solvent(s) may be any of those disclosed herein.
  • the solvent is removed by spray drying.
  • the solid dispersion is tray dried using a convection tray dryer.
  • the solid dispersion is screened.
  • COMPOUND 2 is crystalline. In another embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is amorphous.
  • spray drying may be done and is often done in the presence of an inert gas such as nitrogen.
  • processes that involve spray drying may be done in the presence of a supercritical fluid involving carbon dioxide or a mixture including carbon dioxide.
  • the process for preparing a solid dispersion of COMPOUND 2 comprises:
  • Post-drying and/or polishing the wet spray dried dispersion to below ICH or given specifications for residual solvents can optionally be performed.
  • the solvent comprises one or more volatile solvent(s) to dissolve or suspend COMPOUND 2 and the polymer(s). In some embodiments, the one or more solvent(s) completely dissolves COMPOUND 2 and the polymer(s).
  • the one or more solvent(s) is a volatile solvent (e.g., methylene chloride, acetone, methanol, ethanol, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran (THF), or a mixture thereof).
  • suitable volatile solvents include those that dissolve or suspend the therapeutically active compound either alone or in combination with another co-solvent.
  • the solvent(s) completely dissolves the therapeutically active compound.
  • the solvent is acetone.
  • the solvent is methanol.
  • the solvent is a non-volatile solvent (e.g., organic acids such as glacial acetic acid, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), dimethylformamide (DMF), or water).
  • a non-volatile solvent is a component in a solvent system.
  • the non-volatile solvent is present as a component in a solvent from about 1% to about 20% w/w (e.g., from about 3% w/w to about 15% w/w, from about 4% w/w to about 12% w/w, or from about 5% w/w to about 10% w/w).
  • the solvent is a mixture of solvents.
  • the solvent can include from about 0% to about 30% acetone and from about 70% to about 100% methanol, or the solvent can include from about 0% to about 40% acetone and from about 60% to about 100% methanol.
  • Other exemplary ratios of methanol to acetone include 80:20, 75:25, 70:30, 60:40, 55:45, and 50:50.
  • the solvent is a combination of solvents including at least one non-volatile solvent.
  • the solvent is a combination of components that includes both a volatile solvent and a non-volatile solvent.
  • the solvent system is a combination of a volatile solvent or combination of solvents such as methanol and acetone with a non-volatile solvent such as glacial acetic acid.
  • the solvent system comprises from about 40% to about 80% methanol, from about 20% to about 35% acetone, and from about 1% to about 15% glacial acetic acid (e.g., from about 50% to about 70% methanol, from about 25% to about 30% acetone, and from about 3% to about 12% glacial acetic acid).
  • the solvent system is a combination of a volatile solvent or combination of solvents such as methanol and acetone with a non-volatile solvent such as water.
  • the solvent system comprises from about 40% to about 80% methanol, from about 20% to about 35% acetone, and from about 0.1% to about 15% water (e.g., from about 50% to about 70% methanol, from about 25% to about 30% acetone, and from about 1% to about 5% water).
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the solid dispersion may be made by a process described herein.
  • compositions comprising: (a) a solid dispersion, comprising COMPOUND 2 and a polymer; and (b) one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier(s).
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are fillers, disintegrants, wetting agents, glidants, and lubricants.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, emulsions and aqueous suspensions, dispersions and solutions.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is a tablet.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a directly compressed dosage form of COMPOUND 2.
  • the pharmaceutical composition also includes a filler.
  • the filler can be, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol, ethyl cellulose, sorbitol, starch, sucrose, calcium phosphate, powdered cellulose, silicified microcrystalline cellulose, isomalt, or mixtures thereof.
  • the filler is microcrystalline cellulose.
  • the filler is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 10% w/w and 50% w/w (e.g., between about 15% w/w and about 45% w/w; between about 20% w/w and about 40% w/w; between about 25% w/w and about 35% w/w; or between about 28% w/w and about 32% w/w).
  • the filler is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of from about 20% w/w to about 35% w/w, for example from about 25% w/w to about 34% w/w, or from about 26% w/w to about 33% w/w, or from about 27% w/w to about 32% w/w, for example, about 28% w/w, about 28.5% w/w, about 29% w/w, about 29.5% w/w about 30% w/w, about 30.5% w/w, about 31% w/w, or about 31.5% w/w.
  • the filler is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 29% w/w, about 29.1% w/w, about 29.2% w/w, about 29.3% w/w, about 29.4% w/w, about 29.5% w/w, about 29.6% w/w, about 29.7% w/w, about 29.8% w/w, about 29.9% w/w, or about 30% w/w.
  • the filler is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 25% w/w and about 35% w/w.
  • the filler is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 29.5% w/w.
  • the pharmaceutical composition also includes a disintegrant.
  • the disintegrant can be, for example, colloidal silicon dioxide, powdered cellulose, calcium silicate, crospovidone, calcium alginate, methyl cellulose, chitosan, carboxy methyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, carboxymethyl starch, sodium alginate, sodium starch glycolate, pregelatinized starch, or mixtures thereof.
  • the disintegrant is croscarmellose sodium.
  • the disintegrant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 1% w/w and 15% w/w (e.g., between about 3% w/w and about 12% w/w; between about 4% w/w and about 10% w/w; between about 5% w/w and about 7% w/w; or between about 6% w/w and about 7% w/w).
  • the disintegrant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 3% w/w, about 3.5% w/w, about 4% w/w, about 49.5% w/w about 5% w/w, about 5.5% w/w, about 6% w/w, or about 6.5% w/w, about 7% w/w, about 7.5% w/w, about 8% w/w, about 8.5% w/w, about 9% w/w, about 9.5% w/w, or about 10% w/w.
  • the disintegrant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 5% w/w and about 7% w/w. In some embodiments, the disintegrant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 6% w/w.
  • the pharmaceutical composition also includes a wetting agent.
  • the wetting agent can be, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecyl sulfate, polysorbates (such as Tween 20 and Tween 80), poloxamers (such as Poloxamer 335 and Poloxamer 407), glyceryl monooleate, or mixtures thereof.
  • the wetting agent is sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • the wetting agent is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 0.1% w/w and 2% w/w (e.g., between about 0.5% w/w and about 2% w/w; between about 0.5% w/w and about 1.5% w/w; or between about 1% w/w and about 1.5% w/w).
  • the wetting agent is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 0.1% w/w, about 0.2% w/w, about 0.3% w/w, about 0.4% w/w about 0.5% w/w, about 0.6% w/w, about 0.7% w/w, or about 0.8% w/w, about 0.9% w/w, about 1% w/w, about 1.1% w/w, about 1.2% w/w, about 1.3% w/w, about 1.4% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 1.6% w/w, about 1.7% w/w, about 1.8% w/w, about 1.9% w/w, or about 2% w/w.
  • the wetting agent is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 0.5% w/w and about 1.5% w/w. In some embodiments, the wetting agent is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 1% w/w.
  • the pharmaceutical composition also includes a glidant.
  • the glidant can be, for example, silicon dioxide, colloidal silicon dioxide, tribasic calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, magnesium trisilicate, powdered cellulose, talc, starch, and mixtures thereof.
  • the glidant is colloidal silicon dioxide.
  • the glidant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 0.1% w/w and 5% w/w (e.g., between about 1% w/w and about 4% w/w; between about 1% w/w and about 3% w/w; or between about 1.5% w/w and about 2.5% w/w).
  • the glidant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 0.5% w/w, about 1% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 2% w/w about 2.5% w/w, about 3% w/w, about 3.5% w/w, or about 4% w/w, about 4.5% w/w, or about 5% w/w.
  • the glidant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 1.1% w/w, about 1.2% w/w, about 1.3% w/w, about 1.4% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 1.6% w/w, about 1.7% w/w, about 1.8% w/w, about 1.9% w/w, about 2% w/w, 2.1% w/w, about 2.2% w/w, about 2.3% w/w, about 2.4% w/w, about 2.5% w/w, about 2.6% w/w, about 2.7% w/w, about 2.8% w/w, about 2.9% w/w, or about 3% w/w.
  • the glidant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 1% w/w and about 3% w/w. In some embodiments, the glidant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 2% w/w.
  • the pharmaceutical composition also includes a lubricant.
  • the lubricant can be, for example, magnesium stearate, talc, sodium stearyl fumarate, glyceryl behenate, hydrogenated vegetable oil, zinc stearate, calcium stearate, sucrose stearate, polyvinyl alcohol, magnesium lauryl sulfate, or mixtures thereof.
  • the lubricant is magnesium stearate.
  • the lubricant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 0.1% w/w and 5% w/w (e.g., between about 1% w/w and about 4% w/w; between about 1% w/w and about 3% w/w; or between about 1% w/w and about 2% w/w).
  • the lubricant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 0.5% w/w, about 1% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 2% w/w about 2.5% w/w, about 3% w/w, about 3.5% w/w, or about 4% w/w, about 4.5% w/w, or about 5% w/w.
  • the lubricant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 0.1% w/w, about 0.2% w/w, about 0.3% w/w, about 0.4% w/w, about 0.5% w/w, about 0.6% w/w, about 0.7% w/w, about 0.8% w/w, about 0.9% w/w, about 1% w/w, about 1.1% w/w, about 1.2% w/w, about 1.3% w/w, about 1.4% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 1.6% w/w, about 1.7% w/w, about 1.8% w/w, about 1.9% w/w, about 2% w/w, 2.1% w/w, about 2.2% w/w, about 2.3% w/w, about 2.4% w/w, or about 2.5% w/w.
  • the lubricant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 0.5% w/w and about 2.5% w/w. In some embodiments, the lubricant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 1.5% w/w.
  • the solid dispersion makes up about 25% to 85% by weight of the total weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the solid dispersion makes up about 50% to about 70% by weight of the total weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the COMPOUND 2 makes up about 15% to 45% of the total weight of the pharmaceutical composition, and the one or more polymer(s) makes up about 15% to 45% of the total weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the COMPOUND 2 makes up about 20% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the one or more polymer(s) makes up about 40% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the COMPOUND 2 makes up about 25% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the one or more polymer(s) makes up about 35% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the COMPOUND 2 makes up about 30% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the one or more polymer(s) makes up about 30% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the COMPOUND 2 makes up about 35% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the one or more polymer(s) makes up about 25% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the solid dispersion makes up from between about 50% w/w to about 70% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the filler makes up from between about 25% w/w to about 35% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the disintegrant makes up from between about 5% w/w to about 7% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the wetting agent makes up from between about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the glidant makes up from between about 1% w/w to about 3% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the lubricant makes up from between about 0.5% w/w to about 2.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition thereby totaling 100% by weight of the composition.
  • the solid dispersion makes up about 60% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the filler makes up about 29.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the disintegrant makes up about 6% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the wetting agent makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the glidant makes up about 2% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the lubricant makes up about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises, from between about 25% w/w to about 35% w/w of COMPOUND 2 from between about 25% w/w to about 35% w/w of hypromellose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), from between about 25% w/w to about 35% w/w of microcrystalline cellulose, from between about 5% w/w to about 7% w/w croscarmellose sodium, from between about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w sodium lauryl sulfate, about from between about 1% w/w to about 3% w/w colloidal silicon dioxide, and rom between about 0.5% w/w to about 2.5% w/w of magnesium stearate, thereby totaling 100% by weight of the composition.
  • HPMCAS hypromellose acetate succinate
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises, about 30% w/w of COMPOUND 2 about 30% w/w of hypromellose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), about 29.5% w/w of microcrystalline cellulose, about 6% w/w croscarmellose sodium, about 1% w/w sodium lauryl sulfate, about 2% w/w colloidal silicon dioxide, and about 1.5% w/w of magnesium stearate.
  • HPMCAS hypromellose acetate succinate
  • the solid dispersion, filler, disintegrant, wetting agent, glidant, and lubricant are added intragranularly. In some embodiments, an additional amount of the filler, disintegrant, glidant, and lubricant are added extragranularly.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises, the following intragranularly added components: the solid dispersion makes up from about 50% w/w to about 70% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the filler makes up from about 18% w/w to about 26% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, disintegrant makes up from about 2% w/w to about 6% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, wetting agent makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, glidant makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and lubricant makes up from about 0.25% w/w to about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the solid dispersion makes up from about 50% w/w to about 70% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the filler makes up from about 18% w/w to about 26% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • disintegrant makes up from about 2% w/w to about 6% w/w of the pharmaceutical
  • a the pharmaceutical composition comprises the following extragranularly added components: an additional amount of the filler makes up from about 4% w/w to about 12% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of the disintegrant makes up from about 1% w/w to about 3% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of the glidant makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and an additional amount of the lubricant makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and are added extragranularly.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises, the following intragranularly added components: the solid dispersion makes up about 60% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the filler makes up about 21.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, disintegrant makes up about 4% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, wetting agent makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, glidant makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and lubricant makes up about 0.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the solid dispersion makes up about 60% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • the filler makes up about 21.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • disintegrant makes up about 4% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • wetting agent makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • glidant makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition
  • lubricant makes up about 0.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises the following extragranularly added components: an additional amount of the filler makes up about 8% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of the disintegrant makes up about 2% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of the glidant makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and an additional amount of the lubricant makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and are added extragranularly.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises, the following intragranularly added components: the solid dispersion comprising COMPOUND 2 and hypromellose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), makes up from about 50% w/w to about 70% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, microcrystalline cellulose makes up from about 18% w/w to about 26% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, croscarmellose sodium makes up from about 2% w/w to about 6% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, sodium lauryl sulfate makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, colloidal silicon dioxide makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and magnesium stearate makes up from about 0.25% w/w to about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • HPMCAS hypromellose acetate succinate
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises the following extragranularly added components: an additional amount of microcrystalline cellulose makes up from about 4% w/w to about 12% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of croscarmellose sodium makes up from about 1% w/w to about 3% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of colloidal silicon dioxide makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and an additional amount of magnesium stearate makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and are added extragranularly.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises, the following intragranularly added components: the solid dispersion comprising COMPOUND 2 and hypromellose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), makes up about 60% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, microcrystalline cellulose makes up about 21.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, croscarmellose sodium makes up about 4% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, sodium lauryl sulfate makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, colloidal silicon dioxide makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and magnesium stearate makes up about 0.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • HPMCAS hypromellose acetate succinate
  • a the pharmaceutical composition comprises the following extragranularly added components: an additional amount of microcrystalline cellulose makes up about 8% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of croscarmellose sodium makes up about 2% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of colloidal silicon dioxide makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and an additional amount of magnesium stearate makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and are added extragranularly.
  • FLT3 is associated with responses in cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 when treated with COMPOUND 1 and in cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 when treated with COMPOUND 2.
  • somatic mutations in FLT3 may be associated with resistance to treatment with COMPOUND 1 in AML characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2, and resistance to treatment with COMPOUND 2 in AML characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the methods provided herein encompass treating, preventing, or managing cancer in a subject, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH2 inhibitor.
  • the IDH2 inhibitor is COMPOUND 1.
  • the methods provided herein encompass treating, preventing, or managing cancer in a subject, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • the an IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 2.
  • provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, or managing solid tumors in a subject, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence ofa mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutationby administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1.
  • the solid tumor is an advanced solid tumor.
  • provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, or managing solid tumors in a subject, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutationby administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2.
  • the solid tumor is an advanced solid tumor.
  • hematological malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutationby administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1.
  • the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy.
  • the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • hematological malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutationby administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2.
  • the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy.
  • the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing cancer in a subject, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH2 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 1, in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target the FLT3 pathway.
  • an IDH2 inhibitor such as COMPOUND 1
  • the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534),
  • the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing cancer in a subject, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH1 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 2, in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target the FLT3 pathway.
  • an IDH1 inhibitor such as COMPOUND 2
  • the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534),
  • the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing a solid tumor in a subject, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH2 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 1 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that the target FLT3 pathway.
  • an IDH2 inhibitor such as COMPOUND 1
  • the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534),
  • the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing a solid tumor in a subject, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH1 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 2 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target the FLT3 pathway.
  • an IDH1 inhibitor such as COMPOUND 2
  • the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534),
  • the solid tumor is an advanced solid tumor.
  • the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing a hematologic malignancy in a subject, wherein the hematological malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH2 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 1 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target the FLT3 pathway.
  • an IDH2 inhibitor such as COMPOUND 1
  • the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534),
  • the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing a hematologic malignancy in a subject, wherein the hematological malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH1 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 2 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target the FLT3 pathway.
  • an IDH1 inhibitor such as COMPOUND 2
  • the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534),
  • the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • methods provided herein comprise contacting a cancer cell in or from a subject, such as a patient, wherein the cancer cell is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, with a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1.
  • methods provided herein comprise contacting a cancer cell in or from a subject, such as a patient, wherein the cancer cell is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, with a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2.
  • the contacting can be in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
  • the method comprises contacting the cancer cell in vivo.
  • a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor are treated with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • an IDH1 inhibitor for use in a method for treating cancer in a cancer subject, wherein the cancer subject has been identified by the method of identifying the cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH2 inhibitor comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH2 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH2 inhibitor.
  • the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH2 inhibitor are treated with an IDH2 inhibitor.
  • a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 1 comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH2 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 1.
  • the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 1 are treated with COMPOUND 1.
  • a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2 comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2.
  • the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2 are treated with COMPOUND 2.
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in a method for treating cancer in a cancer subject, wherein the cancer subject has been identified by the method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2.
  • the method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH2 inhibitor.
  • one or more suitable subjects are treated with an IDH2 inhibitor.
  • the method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • one or more suitable subjects are treated with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • the IDH1 inhibitor for use in a method for treating cancer in one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, wherein the one or more cancer subjects are identified by the method comprising identifying one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • the method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 1.
  • one or more suitable subjects are treated with COMPOUND 1.
  • the method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2.
  • one or more suitable subjects are treated with COMPOUND 2.
  • an IDH1 inhibitor for use in a method for treating cancer in one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the one or more cancer subjects are identified by the method comprising identifying one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • one or more suitable subjects are treated with COMPOUND 2.
  • a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with the combination therapy are treated with a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • the FLT3 pathway inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of an IDH2 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH2 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH2 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with the combination therapy are treated with a combination of an IDH2 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • the FLT3 inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of COMPOUND 1 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH2 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with COMPOUND 1 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with the combination therapy are treated with a combination of COMPOUND 1 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • the FLT3 inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of COMPOUND 2 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with COMPOUND 2 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with the combination therapy are treated with a combination of COMPOUND 2 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor for use in a method for treating cancer in a cancer subject, wherein the cancer subject has been identified by the method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • the IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 2.
  • the FLT3 inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • a method for identifying one or more cancer subjects suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH2 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 1, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036, from a plurality of cancer subjects.
  • an IDH2 inhibitor for example COMPOUND 1
  • FLT3 pathway inhibitor for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CE
  • the method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3 from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH2 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 1, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036.
  • an IDH2 inhibitor for example COMPOUND 1
  • FLT3 pathway inhibitor for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY
  • one or more suitable subjects are treated with a combination of an IDH2 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 1, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036.
  • an IDH2 inhibitor for example COMPOUND 1
  • FLT3 pathway inhibitor for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596
  • a method for identifying one or more cancer subjects suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor, for example, COMPOUND 2, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor for example, FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036, from a plurality of cancer subjects.
  • FLT3 pathway inhibitor for example, FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CE
  • the method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3 from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 2, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostauri
  • one or more suitable subjects are treated with a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 2, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • FLT3 pathway inhibitor for example, FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596),
  • an IDH1 inhibitor for example COMPOUND 2
  • FLT3 pathway inhibitor for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036 for use in a method for treating cancer in one or more cancer subjects, wherein the one or more cancer subjects are identified by the method comprising identifying one or more cancer subjects, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3 from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 2, and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor
  • one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the presence of a FLT3 mutation are not treated with an IDH1 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 2.
  • one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant FLT3 are not treated with an IDH2 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 1.
  • the inhibitory activity of COMPOUND 2 against IDH1 mutants can be tested by methods described in Example A of PCT Publication No.
  • the inhibitory activity of COMPOUND 1 against IDH2 mutants can be tested by methods described in US Publication No. US2013/0190287, hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties, or analogous methods.
  • the hematologic malignancy is acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2.
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • myeloid sarcoma multiple myeloma
  • lymphoma e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma
  • AITL angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma
  • the hematologic malignancy is acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy.
  • the hematologic malignancy is acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • AML is relapse or refractory AML, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • the hematologic malignancy is chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • the hematologic malignancy is myeloid sarcoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the hematologic malignancy is lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the hematologic malignancy is angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • AITL angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma
  • the hematologic malignancy is blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the solid tumor is glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2.
  • the solid tumor is glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • cholangiocarcinoma including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
  • the solid tumor is glioma, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the solid tumor is melanoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the solid tumor chondrosarcoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the solid tumor is cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the solid tumor is angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • AITL angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma
  • the solid tumor is sarcoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the solid tumor is non small cell lung cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • the malignancy to be treated is characterized by a mutant allele of IDH1 or IDH2, wherein the IDH1 or IDH2 mutation results in a new ability of the enzyme to catalyze the NAPH dependent reduction of a ketoglutarate to R( ⁇ )-2-hydroxyglutarate in a patient.
  • the mutant IDH1 has an R132X mutation.
  • the R132X mutation is selected from R132H, R132C, R132L, R132V, R132S and R132G.
  • the R132X mutation is R132H or R132C.
  • the R132X mutation is R132H.
  • the mutant IDH2 has an R140X mutation.
  • the R140X mutation is a R140Q mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the R140X mutation is a R140W mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the R140X mutation is a R140L mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the mutant IDH2 has an R172X mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the R172X mutation is a R172K mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the R172X mutation is a R172G mutation.
  • a malignancy can be analyzed by sequencing cell samples to determine the presence and specific nature of (e.g., the changed amino acid present at) a mutation at amino acid 132 of IDH1. In one embodiment, a malignancy can be analyzed by sequencing cell samples to determine the presence and specific nature of (e.g., the changed amino acid present at) a mutation at amino acid 140 and/or 172 of IDH2.
  • mutant alleles of IDH1 wherein the IDH1 mutation results in a new ability of the enzyme to catalyze the NAPH-dependent reduction of ⁇ -ketoglutarate to R( ⁇ )-2-hydroxyglutarate, and in particular R132H mutations of IDH1, characterize a subset of all types of cancers, without regard to their cellular nature or location in the body.
  • COMPOUND 2 and methods desribed herein are useful to treat an hematologic malignancy, including an advanced hematologic malignancy, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 imparting such activity and in particular an IDH1 R132H or R132C mutation.
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • MPN myeloproliferative neoplasms
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • B-ALL B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias
  • lymphoma e.g
  • COMPOUND 2 and methods desribed herein are useful to treat a solid tumor, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 imparting such activity and in particular an IDH1 R132H or R132C mutation.
  • a solid tumor such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 imparting such activity and in particular an IDH1 R132H or R132C mutation.
  • a solid tumor such as glioma, melanoma,
  • the advanced hematologic malignancy to be treated is AML.
  • the AML is relapsed and/or refractory.
  • the AML is untreated.
  • the AML is relapsed and/or refractory in patients 60 years of age and older.
  • the AML is untreated in patients 60 years of age and older.
  • the AML is relapsed and/or refractory in patients under 60 years of age.
  • COMPOUND 2 is administered as a first line treatment for AML.
  • COMPOUND 2 is administered as a second line, third line, or fourth line treatment for AML.
  • COMPOUND 2 is administered after a first line treatment for AML. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after a second line, third line, or fourth line treatment for AML. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after a first relapse. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after primary induction failure. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after re-induction failure. In one embodiment, administration of COMPOUND 2 can occur prior to, during, or after transplant. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after a relapse that is post-transplant. In one embodiment, the AML presentation is subsequent to MPD. In one embodiment, the AML presentation is subsequent to MDS and CMML.
  • mutant alleles of IDH2 wherein the IDH2 mutation results in a new ability of the enzyme to catalyze the NAPH dependent reduction of a ketoglutarate to R( ⁇ ) 2 hydroxyglutarate, and in particular R140Q and/or R172K mutations of IDH2, characterize a subset of all types of cancers, without regard to their cellular nature or location in the body.
  • the compounds, compositions and methods provided herein are useful to treat any type of cancer that is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 imparting such acitivity and in particular an IDH2 R140Q and/or R172K mutation.
  • COMPOUND 1 and methods described herein are useful to treat an hematologic malignancy, including an advanced hematologic malignancy, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 imparting such activity and in particular an IDH2 R140Q and/or R172K mutation.
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • myeloid sarcoma multiple myeloma
  • COMPOUND 2 and methods described herein are useful to treat a solid tumor, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 imparting such activity and in particular IDH2 R140Q and/or R172K mutation.
  • a solid tumor such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 imparting such activity and in particular IDH2 R140Q and/or R172K mutation.
  • the malignancy is a tumor wherein at least 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 or 90% of the tumor cells carry an IDH1 mutation, and in particular an IDH1 R132H or R132C mutation, or an IDH2 mutation, and in particular an IDH2 R140Q, R140W, or R140L and/or R172K or R172G mutation, at the time of diagnosis or treatment.
  • the efficacy of treatment of malignancy is monitored by measuring the levels of 2HG in the subject. Typically levels of 2HG are measured prior to treatment, wherein an elevated level is indicated for the use of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2. Once the elevated levels are established, the level of 2HG is determined during the course of and/or following termination of treatment to establish efficacy. In certain embodiments, the level of 2HG is only determined during the course of and/or following termination of treatment. A reduction of 2HG levels during the course of treatment and following treatment is indicative of efficacy. Similarly, a determination that 2HG levels are not elevated during the course of or following treatment is also indicative of efficacy.
  • 2HG measurements are utilized together with other well-known determinations of efficacy of malignancy treatment, such as reduction in number and size of tumors and/or other cancer-associated lesions, improvement in the general health of the subject, and alterations in other biomarkers that are associated with malignancy treatment efficacy.
  • 2HG can be detected in a sample by the methods of PCT Publication No. WO 2011/050210 and US Publication No. US2012/0121515 hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, or by analogous methods.
  • 2HG can be detected in a sample by LC/MS.
  • the sample is mixed 80:20 with methanol, and centrifuged at 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes at 4 degrees Celsius. The resulting supernatant can be collected and stored at ⁇ 80 degrees Celsius prior to LC-MS/MS to assess 2-hydroxyglutarate levels.
  • a variety of different liquid chromatography (LC) separation methods can be used.
  • Each method can be coupled by negative electrospray ionization (ESI, ⁇ 3.0 kV) to triple-quadrupole mass spectrometers operating in multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) mode, with MS parameters optimized on infused metabolite standard solutions.
  • ESI negative electrospray ionization
  • MRM multiple reaction monitoring
  • Metabolites can be separated by reversed phase chromatography using 10 mM tributyl-amine as an ion pairing agent in the aqueous mobile phase, according to a variant of a previously reported method (Luo et al. J Chromatogr A 1147, 153-64, 2007).
  • Another method is specific for 2-hydroxyglutarate, running a fast linear gradient from 50%-95% B (buffers as defined above) over 5 minutes.
  • a Synergi Hydro-RP, 100 mm ⁇ 2 mm, 2.1 ⁇ m particle size (Phenomonex) can be used as the column, as described above.
  • Metabolites can be quantified by comparison of peak areas with pure metabolite standards at known concentration. Metabolite flux studies from 13 C-glutamine can be performed as described, e.g., in Munger et al. Nat Biotechnol 26, 1179-86, 2008.
  • 2HG is directly evaluated.
  • a derivative of 2HG formed in process of performing the analytic method is evaluated.
  • a derivative can be a derivative formed in MS analysis.
  • Derivatives can include a salt adduct, e.g., a Na adduct, a hydration variant, or a hydration variant which is also a salt adduct, e.g., a Na adduct, e.g., as formed in MS analysis.
  • a metabolic derivative of 2HG is evaluated.
  • examples include species that build up or are elevated, or reduced, as a result of the presence of 2HG, such as glutarate or glutamate that will be correlated to 2HG, e.g., R-2HG.
  • Exemplary 2HG derivatives include dehydrated derivatives such as the compounds provided below or a salt adduct thereof:
  • 2HG is known to accumulate in the inherited metabolic disorder 2-hydroxyglutaric aciduria. This disease is caused by deficiency in the enzyme 2-hydroxyglutarate dehydrogenase, which converts 2HG to ⁇ -KG (Struys, E. A. et al. Am J Hum Genet 76, 358-60 (2005)).
  • 2-hydroxyglutarate dehydrogenase deficiencies accumulate 2HG in the brain as assessed by MRI and CSF analysis, develop leukoencephalopathy, and have an increased risk of developing brain tumors (Aghili, M., Zahedi, F. & Rafiee, J Neurooncol 91, 233-6 (2009); Kolker, S., Mayatepek, E. & Hoffmann, G. F.
  • 2HG may also be toxic to cells by competitively inhibiting glutamate and/or aKG utilizing enzymes.
  • glutamate and/or aKG utilizing enzymes include transaminases which allow utilization of glutamate nitrogen for amino and nucleic acid biosynthesis, and ⁇ KG-dependent prolyl hydroxylases such as those which regulate Hifl-alpha levels.
  • Treatment methods described herein can additionally comprise various evaluation steps prior to and/or following treatment with COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2.
  • the method prior to and/or after treatment with COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2, alone or in combination with a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, the method further comprises the step of evaluating the growth, size, weight, invasiveness, stage and/or other phenotype of the malignancy.
  • the method prior to and/or after treatment with COMPOUND 1, alone or in combination with a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, the method further comprises the step of evaluating the IDH2 genotype of the malignancy. This may be achieved by ordinary methods in the art, such as DNA sequencing, immuno analysis, and/or evaluation of the presence, distribution or level of 2HG. In one embodiment, prior to and/or after treatment with COMPOUND 2, alone or in combination with a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, the method further comprises the step of evaluating the IDH1 genotype of the malignancy. This may be achieved by ordinary methods in the art, such as DNA sequencing, immuno analysis, and/or evaluation of the presence, distribution or level of 2HG.
  • the method prior to and/or after treatment with COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2, alone or in combination with a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, the method further comprises the step of determining the 2HG level in the subject.
  • This may be achieved by spectroscopic analysis, e.g., magnetic resonance-based analysis, e.g., MRI and/or MRS measurement, sample analysis of bodily fluid, such as serum or spinal cord fluid analysis, or by analysis of surgical material, e.g., by mass-spectroscopy.
  • COMPOUND 1 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor are administered concurrently. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 1 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor are administered sequentially. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor are administered concurrently. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor are administered sequentially.
  • COMPOUND 1 may be administered by oral, parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, CIV, intracistemal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant), inhalation, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical (e.g., transdermal or local) routes of administration.
  • COMPOUND 1 may be formulated alone or together with one or more active agent(s), in suitable dosage unit with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, adjuvants and vehicles, appropriate for each route of administration.
  • COMPOUND 2 may be administered by oral, parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, CIV, intracistemal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant), inhalation, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical (e.g., transdermal or local) routes of administration.
  • COMPOUND 2 may be formulated alone or together with one or more active agent(s), in suitable dosage unit with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, adjuvants and vehicles, appropriate for each route of administration.
  • the amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 administered in the methods provided herein may range, e.g., between about 5 mg/day and about 2,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 10 mg/day and about 2,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 20 mg/day and about 2,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 50 mg/day and about 1,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 100 mg/day and about 1,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 100 mg/day and about 500 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 150 mg/day and about 500 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is or between about 150 mg/day and about 250 mg/day.
  • particular dosages are, e.g., about 10 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 20 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 50 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 75 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 100 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 120 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 150 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 200 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 250 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 300 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 350 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 400 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 450 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 500 mg/day.
  • the dose is about 600 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 700 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 800 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 900 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 1,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 1,200 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is or about 1,500 mg/day. In certain embodiments, particular dosages are, e.g., up to about 10 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 20 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 50 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 75 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 100 mg/day.
  • the particular dose is up to about 120 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 150 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 200 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 250 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 300 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 350 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 400 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 450 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 500 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 600 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 700 mg/day.
  • the particular dose is up to about 800 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 900 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 1,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 1,200 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 1,500 mg/day.
  • the amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form provided herein may range, e.g., between about 5 mg and about 2,000 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 10 mg and about 2,000 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 20 mg and about 2,000 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 50 mg and about 1,000 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 50 mg and about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 50 mg and about 250 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 100 mg and about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 150 mg and about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 150 mg and about 250 mg.
  • particular amounts are, e.g., about 10 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 20 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 30 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 50 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 75 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 100 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 120 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 150 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 200 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 250 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 300 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 350 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 400 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 450 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 500 mg.
  • the particular amount is about 600 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 650 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 700 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 800 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 900 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 1,000 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 1,200 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is or about 1,500 mg. In certain embodiments, particular amounts are, e.g., up to about 10 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 20 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 50 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 75 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 100 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 120 mg.
  • the particular amount is up to about 150 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 200 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 250 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 300 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 350 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 400 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 450 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 600 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 700 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 800 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 900 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 1,000 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 1,200 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 1,500 mg.
  • COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 can be delivered as a single dose such as, e.g., a single bolus injection, or oral tablets or pills; or over time such as, e.g., continuous infusion over time or divided bolus doses over time.
  • compound 1 can be administered repetitively if necessary, for example, until the patient experiences stable disease or regression, or until the patient experiences disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. Stable disease or lack thereof is determined by methods known in the art such as evaluation of patient's symptoms, physical examination, visualization of the tumor that has been imaged using X-ray, CAT, PET, or MRI scan and other commonly accepted evaluation modalities.
  • COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is administered to a patient in cycles (e.g., daily administration for one week, then a rest period with no administration for up to three weeks). Cycling therapy involves the administration of an active agent for a period of time, followed by a rest for a period of time, and repeating this sequential administration. Cycling therapy can reduce the development of resistance, avoid or reduce the side effects, and/or improves the efficacy of the treatment.
  • a method provided herein comprises administering COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, or greater than 40 cycles.
  • the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 1. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 2. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 3. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 4. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 5. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 6.
  • the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 7. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 8. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 9. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 10. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 11. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 12. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 13. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 14. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 15. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 16.
  • the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 17. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 18. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 19. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 20. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 21. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 22. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 23. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 24. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 25.
  • the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 26. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 27. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 28. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 29. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 30. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is greater than about 30 cycles.
  • treatment cycles comprise multiple doses of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 administered to a subject in need thereof over multiple days (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or greater than 14 days), optionally followed by treatment dosing holidays (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, or greater than 28 days).
  • days e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or greater than 14 days
  • treatment dosing holidays e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, or greater than 28 days.
  • the FLT3 pathway inhibitor may be administered by oral, parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, CIV, intracistemal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant), inhalation, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical (e.g., transdermal or local) routes of administration.
  • the FLT3 pathway inhibitor may be formulated, alone or together with COMPOUND 1 and/or one or more active agent(s), in suitable dosage unit with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, adjuvants and vehicles, appropriate for each route of administration.
  • the FLT3 pathway inhibitor may be formulated, alone or together with COMPOUND 2 and/or one or more active agent(s), in suitable dosage unit with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, adjuvants and vehicles, appropriate for each route of administration.
  • the FLT3 pathway inhibitor is administered by, e.g., intravenous (IV), subcutaneous (SC) or oral routes.
  • IV intravenous
  • SC subcutaneous
  • Certain embodiments herein provide co-administration of the FLT3 pathway inhibitor with COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and/or one or more additional active agents to provide a synergistic therapeutic effect in subjects in need thereof.
  • the co-administered active agent(s) may be cancer therapeutic agents, as described herein.
  • the co-administered active agent(s) may be inhibitors of IDH1.
  • the co-administered active agent(s) may be inhibitors of IDH2.
  • the co-administered agent(s) may be dosed, e.g., orally or by injection (e.g., IV or SC).
  • treatment cycles comprise multiple doses of the FLT3 pathway inhibitor administered to a subject in need thereof over multiple days (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or greater than 14 days), optionally followed by treatment dosing holidays (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, or greater than 28 days).
  • Suitable dosage amounts for the methods provided herein include, e.g., therapeutically effective amounts and prophylactically effective amounts.
  • the FLT3 pathway inhibitor can be delivered as a single dose such as, e.g., a single bolus injection, or oral tablets or pills; or over time such as, e.g., continuous infusion over time or divided bolus doses over time.
  • the FLT3 pathway inhibitor can be administered repetitively if necessary, for example, until the patient experiences stable disease or regression, or until the patient experiences disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. Stable disease or lack thereof is determined by methods known in the art such as evaluation of patient's symptoms, physical examination, visualization of the tumor that has been imaged using X-ray, CAT, PET, or Mill scan and other commonly accepted evaluation modalities.
  • the FLT3 pathway inhibitor can be administered once daily or divided into multiple daily doses such as twice daily, three times daily, and four times daily.
  • the administration can be continuous (i.e., daily for consecutive days or every day), intermittent, e.g., in cycles (i.e., including days, weeks, or months of rest when no drug is administered).
  • the FLT3 pathway inhibitor is administered daily, for example, once or more than once each day for a period of time.
  • the FLT3 pathway inhibitor is administered intermittently, i.e., stopping and starting at either regular or irregular intervals.
  • the subject to be treated is an animal, for example a mammal or a non-human primate.
  • the subject is a human patient.
  • the subject can be male or female.
  • subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with cancer, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and/or IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with cancer, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and/or IDH2 and further characterized by a mutant FLT3.
  • subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS, myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • MPN myeloproliferative neoplasms
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • B-ALL B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias
  • lymphoma e.g., T-cell lymphoma
  • subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • myeloid sarcoma multiple myeloma
  • lymphoma e.g., T-cell lymphoma or
  • subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with a solid tumors, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • a solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • a solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma
  • subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with a solid tumor, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • a solid tumor such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS, myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and further characterized by one or more FLT3 mutation(s).
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • MML myeloproliferative neoplasms
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • B-ALL B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias
  • lymphoma e.g., T-cell lymphoma
  • subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and further characterized by one or more FLT3 mutation(s).
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • myeloid sarcoma multiple myeloma
  • lymphoma e.g., T-cell lymph
  • subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with a solid tumors, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and further characterized by one or more FLT3 mutation(s).
  • a solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and further characterized by one or more FLT3 mutation(s).
  • a solid tumors such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma,
  • subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with a solid tumor, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and further characterized by one or more FLT3 mutation(s).
  • a solid tumor such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and further characterized by one or more FLT3 mutation(s).
  • the subject is a human patient at least 18 years old. In some embodiments, the patient is 10, 15, 18, 21, 24, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 65, 70, 75, 80, or 85 years old or older.
  • the methods provided herein encompass the treatment of subjects who have not been previously treated for cancer.
  • the methods encompass treating subjects who have been previously treated but are non-responsive to standard therapies as well as those who are currently being treated for cancer.
  • the subjects may have been previously treated or are currently being treated with a standard treatment regimen for cancer known to the practitioner of skill in the art.
  • COMPOUND 1 administered continuously as a single agent dosed orally on Days 1 to 28 of a 28-day cycle in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies.
  • MTD maximum tolerated dose
  • MAD maximum administered dose
  • R2D recommended Phase 2 dose
  • DLTs dose-limiting toxicities
  • COMPOUND 1 As treatment for subjects with relapsed or refractory AML with an IDH2 mutation.
  • Phase 1/2 This is a Phase 1/2, multicenter, open-label, 3-part (Phase 1 dose escalation, Phase 1 Part 1 Expansion, and Phase 2), safety, PK/PD, and clinical activity evaluation of orally administered COMPOUND 1 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies with an IDH2 mutation.
  • the study includes a dose escalation phase to determine MTD/MAD and/or the RP2D and an expansion phase (Part 1 Expansion) to further evaluate the safety, tolerability and clinical activity of COMPOUND 1 in select populations.
  • Part 1 Expansion an expansion phase to further evaluate the safety, tolerability and clinical activity of COMPOUND 1 in select populations.
  • the Phase 2 portion (previously Part 2 Expansion) will further inform on the efficacy, safety, tolerability and clinical activity of COMPOUND 1 in subjects with refractory or relapsed AML with an IDH2 mutation.
  • the dose escalation phase will utilize a standard “3+3” design.
  • consented eligible subjects with relapsed or refractory acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), untreated AML ⁇ 60 years of age who are not candidates for standard therapy, or myelodysplastic syndrome with refractory anemia with excess blasts will be enrolled into sequential cohorts of increasing doses of AG-221 not to exceed 650 mg QD dose.
  • Each dose cohort will enroll a minimum of 3 subjects.
  • the first 3 subjects enrolled in each dosing cohort during the dose escalation portion of the study will receive a single dose of study drug on Day ⁇ 3 (i.e., 3 days prior to the start of daily dosing) and undergo safety and PK/PD assessments over 72 hours to evaluate drug concentrations and 2-HG and ⁇ -KG levels.
  • the next dose of study drug will be on Cycle 1 Day 1 (C1D1) at which time daily dosing will begin.
  • the initial dosing schedule was twice daily (approximately every 12 hours). Based on the emerging data, a once daily dosing schedule also has been implemented.
  • Alternative dosing schedules may continue to be explored in the dose escalation and expansion phases as agreed upon by the Clinical Study Team. If there are multiple subjects in the screening process at the time the third subject within a cohort begins treatment, up to 2 additional subjects may be enrolled with approval of the Medical Monitor. For these additional subjects, the Day ⁇ 3 through Day 1 PK/PD assessments are optional following discussion with the Medical Monitor.
  • the safety of dosing during the dose escalation phase will be evaluated by the Clinical Study Team, comprised of the Sponsor designee (Responsible Medical Officer), Study Medical Monitor, and Investigators.
  • the Clinical Study Team will review the emerging safety data from each cohort to determine if dose escalation will occur.
  • NCI CTCAE National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events
  • Prolonged myelosuppression defined as persistence of ⁇ Grade 3 neutropenia or thrombocytopenia (by NCI CTCAE, version 4.03, leukemia-specific criteria, i.e., marrow cellularity ⁇ 5% on Day 28 or later from the start of study drug without evidence of leukemia) at least 42 days after the initiation of Cycle 1 therapy.
  • the study will proceed with dose escalation to the next cohort following safety review by the Clinical Study Team. If 1 of 3 subjects experiences a DLT during the first cycle, 3 additional subjects will be enrolled in that cohort. If none of the additional 3 subjects experience a DLT, dose escalation may continue to the next cohort following safety review by the Clinical Study Team. If 2 or more subjects in a cohort experience DLTs during the first cycle, dose escalation will be halted and the next lower dose level will be declared the MTD.
  • the MTD cohort included only 3 subjects, an additional 3 subjects will be enrolled at that dose level to confirm that ⁇ 2 of 6 subjects experience a DLT at that dose.
  • a dose level intermediate between the non-tolerated dose level and the previously tolerated dose level may be explored and declared the MTD if ⁇ 2 out of 6 subjects experience a DLT at that dose.
  • Increases in the dose of AG-221 for each dose cohort will be guided by an accelerated titration design, where the dose will be doubled (100% increase) from one cohort to the next until AG-221-related NCI CTCAE Grade 2 or greater toxicity is observed in any subject within the cohort. Following evaluation by the Clinical Study Team, subsequent increases in dose will be 50% or less until the MTD is determined. The absolute percent increase in the dose will be determined by the Clinical Study Team predicated on the type and severity of any toxicity seen in the prior dose cohorts. The MTD is the highest dose that causes DLTs in ⁇ 2 of 6 subjects.
  • intra-subject dose escalation will be permitted with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Arm 1 Relapsed or refractory AML and age ⁇ 60 years, or any subject with AML regardless of age who has relapsed following a bone marrow transplant (BMT).
  • BMT bone marrow transplant
  • Arm 2 Relapsed or refractory AML and age ⁇ 60 years, excluding subjects with AML who have relapsed following a BMT.
  • Arm 4 IDH2-mutated advanced hematologic malignancies not eligible for Arms 1 to 3.
  • Phase 2 the pivotal part of the study, will further establish the efficacy and safety profile of COMPOUND 1 at the recommended phase 2 dose (RP2D) determined in the ongoing dose escalation phase in subjects with IDH2-mutated relapsed or refractory AML defined as follows:
  • Additional screening procedures include medical, surgical, and medication history, a buccal swab for germ-line mutation analysis, physical examination, vital signs, Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status (PS), 12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG), evaluation of left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF), clinical laboratory assessments (hematology, chemistry, coagulation, and serum pregnancy test), bone marrow biopsy and aspirate, blood and bone marrow samples for 2-HG and ⁇ -KG measurement, and blood for determination of UGT1A1 mutation status.
  • ECG Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group
  • ECG 12-lead electrocardiogram
  • LVEF left ventricular ejection fraction
  • subjects in the Part 1 Expansion will have urine samples for 2-HG and ⁇ -KG measurement and blood samples for cholesterol, and 4 ⁇ -OH-cholesterol levels collected during screening.
  • Subjects in the dose escalation phase and Part 1 Expansion also will undergo PK/PD assessments over a 10-hour period on C1D15, C2D1, and C4D1.
  • Predose blood samples (trough) will be obtained on C1D1 (for those subjects who did not undergo the Day ⁇ 3 PK/PD assessments), C1D8, C1D22, C2D15, C3D1, C3D15, C5D1, and Day 1 of all cycles thereafter for determination of AG-221, 2-HG, and ⁇ -KG concentrations.
  • These subjects will have urine collected for PK/PD evaluation at screening; prior to dosing on C1D15, C2D1 and Day 1 of all cycles thereafter; and at the End of Treatment visit.
  • Available bone marrow biopsy samples also will be assessed for 2-HG and ⁇ -KG levels.
  • Subjects in the Phase 2 portion of the trial are not required to undergo the Day 3 assessments; these subjects will undergo an 8-hour PK/PD profile conducted on Day 1 of Cycles 1 and 2, and predose blood samples (trough) on C1D2 and C2D2 will be obtained in order to assess PK/PD in a 24-hour period. Additional blood samples for PK/PD assessments will be drawn pre-dose (within 30 minutes) on Day 1 of Cycle 3, and at the End of Treatment visit. Time-matched 12-lead ECGs will be conducted in triplicate on Day 1 of Cycles 1 and 2; a triplicate ECG is also to be obtained at the End of Treatment visit. Single 12-lead ECGs will be conducted on Day 1 of every cycle beginning with Cycle 3, and at the Follow-up visit. Available bone marrow biopsy samples will be assessed for 2-HG and ⁇ -KG levels.
  • Subjects in the dose escalation phase and Part 1 Expansion will have the extent of their disease assessed, including bone marrow biopsies and/or aspirates and peripheral blood, at screening, on C1D15, C2D1, and C3D1, every 28 days (peripheral blood only) or every 56 days (bone marrow biopsies and/or aspirates and peripheral blood) thereafter while on study drug treatment, independent of dose delays and/or dose interruptions, and/or at any time when progression of disease is suspected.
  • Response to treatment and treatment decisions in all subjects will be determined by the Investigators based on modified International Working Group (IWG) response criteriaor other appropriate response criteria for the malignancy under study.
  • IWG International Working Group
  • extent of disease including bone marrow biopsies and/or aspirates and peripheral blood
  • C2D1 For subjects enrolled in the Phase 2 portion of the trial, extent of disease, including bone marrow biopsies and/or aspirates and peripheral blood, will be assessed at screening, on C2D1, every 28 days thereafter through 12 months, and every 56 days thereafter while on study drug treatment, independent of dose delays and/or dose interruptions, and/or at any time when progression of disease is suspected. Eligibility, treatment decisions, and response to treatment will be determined by the Investigators based on modified International Working Group (IWG) response criteria. Response will be also be assessed retrospectively by an Independent Response Adjudication Committee (IRAC).
  • IRAC Independent Response Adjudication Committee
  • Subjects may continue treatment with COMPOUND 1 until disease progression or development of unacceptable toxicity.
  • COMPOUND 1 may produce antitumor effects by reversing the differentiation block induced by the IDH2 mutations and promoting appropriate cellular differentiation.
  • COMPOUND 1 Because of the unique mechanism of action of COMPOUND 1, clinical responses are different than those observed with cytotoxic agents. Responses with COMPOUND 1 may be occur after 2 or more cycles of therapy and they may occur after an initiation period of leukocytosis in the peripheral blood and/or bone marrow with, in rare cases, corresponding clinical signs and symptoms of fever, fluid retention, hypoxia, and skin rash which have been termed a differentiation-like syndrome.
  • PD progression of disease
  • Subjects with stable or progressive disease may continue to receive study treatment with AG-221 at the discretion of the Investigator and with Medical Monitor approval.
  • All subjects are to undergo an end of treatment assessment (within approximately 5 days of the last dose of study drug); in addition, a follow-up safety assessment is to be scheduled 28 days after the last dose. Furthermore, all subjects will be followed monthly for disease status, overall survival, and initiation of non-study anti-neoplastic therapy, until death, withdrawal of consent, or the end of the study, whichever occurs first.
  • HSCT hematopoietic stem cell transplant
  • Subjects who relapse following HSCT may be eligible to restart treatment with AG-221 with Medical Monitor approval and at the discretion of the Investigator, if they have confirmed recurrent IDH2 mutant positive disease, no other cancer treatment (with the exception of anti-neoplastic therapies used in the course of HSCT such as conditioning regimen or induction-type regimen and anti-GVHD prophylaxis [i.e., methotrexate]) besides HSCT was administered since the last dose of AG-221, the subject meets the safety parameters listed in the Inclusion/Exclusion criteria, and the trial is open. Subjects will resume AG-221 therapy at the same dose and schedule at the time of AG-221 treatment discontinuation prior to HSCT.
  • anti-neoplastic therapies used in the course of HSCT such as conditioning regimen or induction-type regimen and anti-GVHD prophylaxis [i.e., methotrexate]
  • the Phase 2 portion of the trial will enroll approximately 125 subjects with relapsed or refractory AML with an IDH2 mutation. Additional subjects may be needed for the replacement of subjects who are not evaluable for PK/PD, safety, and/or clinical activity, or for evaluation of alternative dosing regimens. The final total sample size may be adjusted according to the observed toxicity rate, and number of subjects enrolled for expanded evaluation.
  • COMPOUND 1 (mesylate salt of 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6- ⁇ [2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino ⁇ -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]propan-2-ol) will be provided as 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150 and 200 mg free-base equivalent strength tablets to be administered orally.
  • the first 3 subjects in each cohort in the dose escalation portion of the study and the first 15 subjects in each arm of Part 1 Expansion will receive a single dose of study drug on Day ⁇ 3; their next dose of study drug will be administered on C1D1 at which time subjects will start daily dosing on Days 1 to 28 in 28-day cycles. Starting with C1D1, dosing is continuous; there are no inter-cycle rest periods. Subjects who are not required to undergo the Day ⁇ 3 PK/PD assessments will initiate daily dosing with COMPOUND 1 on C1D1.
  • Subjects are required to fast (water is allowed) for 2 hours prior to study drug administration and for 1 hour following study drug administration.
  • the dose of COMPOUND 1 administered to a subject will be dependent upon which dose cohort is open for enrollment when the subject qualifies for the study.
  • the starting dose of COMPOUND 1 to be administered to the first cohort of subjects is 30 mg administered orally twice a day, and the maximum administered dose of COMPOUND 1 to be administered is 650 mg administered orally once a day.
  • the starting dose of COMPOUND 1 recommended for evaluation is 100 mg QD. This is based on the safety, PK, pharmacodynamics and clinical activity of COMPOUND 1 observed to date in AG221-C-001. Evaluation of pharmacodynamic response demonstrated sustained reduction in 2-HG plasma levels by Day 1 of Cycle 2 and up to 98% inhibition in most subjects with R140Q mutation at all doses. Increasing dose is associated with higher exposure and inhibition of 2-HG in subjects with R172K mutation. Importantly, preliminary efficacy data of the 44 subjects treated at 100 mg QD has shown an overall response rate of 36.4%. Thus a dose of 100 mg should adequately achieve inhibition of 2-HG in subjects with either R140Q or R172K mutation. Moreover, the safety profile at 100 mg, including ⁇ Grade 3, is consistent with that of lower doses.
  • Example 1 A subset of the clinical samples from the trial described in Example 1 were analyzed at screening. Sample types included bone marrow, peripheral blood and mononuclear cells isolated from bone marrow or peripheral blood. DNAs were extracted from these samples and sequenced at Foundation Medicine (Heme Panel, see http://foundationone.com/learn.php) using next generation sequencing technique.
  • Subjects may continue treatment with COMPOUND 1 until disease progression or development of unacceptable toxicity.
  • Subjects who experience disease progression per the applicable response criteria who are, in the opinion of the Investigator, benefiting from treatment may be allowed to continue on study drug with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • AEs including determination of DLTs, serious adverse events (SAEs), and AEs leading to discontinuation; safety laboratory parameters; physical examination findings; vital signs; 12-lead ECGs; LVEF; and ECOG PS.
  • Overall response rate is defined as the rate of responders including complete remission (CR), CR with incomplete platelet recovery (CRp), marrow CR (mCR) (morphologic leukemia-free state [MLFS] for subjects with AML), CR with incomplete hematologic recovery (CRi), and partial remission (PR).
  • CR complete remission
  • CRp complete platelet recovery
  • mCR marrow CR
  • PR partial remission
  • Other measures of clinical activity including complete remission rate (CRR), duration of remission/response, event-free survival, overall survival, and time to remission/response will be summarized.
  • Part 1 For Phase 1 Dose Escalation/Part 1 Expansion, the efficacy analysis of response rates as assessed by the site Investigators using modified International Working Group (IWG) response criteria will be conducted in Full Analysis Set for each dose level, expansion arm, and overall if appropriate.
  • the analysis of Part 1 expansion arms may also include subjects from the dose-escalation phase who received the same dose/regimen as subjects in the expansion arms and who meet the eligibility criteria of individual arms.
  • COMPOUND 1 For Phase 2 portion of the trial, the primary efficacy analysis of COMPOUND 1 will be determined by the Investigators based on modified International Working Group (IWG) response criteria. Response will be also be assessed retrospectively by an Independent Response Adjudication Committee (IRAC) using the Full Analysis Set (FAS). Key supportive analyses will be based on independent central review of response in FAS.
  • IWG International Working Group
  • IRAC Independent Response Adjudication Committee
  • FAS Full Analysis Set
  • FIG. 13 provides a visual of FLT mutations according to response categories for COMPOUND 1.
  • FIG. 13 profiles bone marrow at screening visit for patients only where genes were mutated in ⁇ 2.
  • genes (y-axis) are shown in decreasing order of frequency, with the exception of IDH2, while patients (x-axis) are grouped by response then by similarity in alterations; only patients from dose escalation phase with an evaluable response included.
  • the patients with AML characterized by somatic mutations in FLT3 are resistant to treatment of COMPOUND 1.
  • a combination therapy with COMPOUND 1 and one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway e.g. quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036) is effective in treating AML in patients with AML characterized by somatic mutations in FLT3.
  • a FLT3 pathway e.g. quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (
  • DLTs dose-limiting toxicities
  • This study is a Phase 1, multicenter, open-label, dose-escalation, safety, PK/PD, and clinical activity evaluation of orally administered COMPOUND 2 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies that harbor an IDH1 mutation.
  • the study includes a dose escalation phase to determine MTD and/or RP2D followed by expansion arms to further evaluate the safety, tolerability, and clinical activity of COMPOUND 2 in select populations.
  • the dose escalation phase will utilize a standard “3+3” design.
  • consented eligible subjects with relapsed or refractory AML, untreated AML ⁇ 60 years of age who are not candidates for standard therapy, or myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) with refractory anemia with excess blasts will be enrolled into sequential cohorts of increasing doses of COMPOUND 2.
  • MDS myelodysplastic syndrome
  • Each dose cohort will plan to enroll a minimum of 3 subjects.
  • the first 3 subjects enrolled in each dosing cohort during the dose escalation phase of the study will initially receive a single dose of study drug on Day 3 (i.e., 3 days prior to the start of daily dosing) and undergo PK/PD assessments over 72 hours to evaluate drug concentrations and 2-HG levels.
  • the next dose of study drug will be on Cycle 1 Day 1 (C1D1) at which time daily dosing will begin.
  • the initial dosing regimen was twice daily (approximately every 12 hours). Based on the emerging data, a once daily (approximately every 24 hours) dosing schedule has been implemented.
  • Alternative dosing schedules including administration of the same total daily dose using different dosing schedules in concurrent cohorts, may be explored as agreed upon by the Clinical Study Team.
  • the third subject within a cohort begins treatment, up to 2 additional subjects may be enrolled with approval of the Medical Monitor. For these additional subjects, the Day 3 through Day 1 PK/PD assessments may be considered optional following discussion with the Medical Monitor.
  • the safety of dosing during the dose escalation phase will be evaluated by the Clinical Study Team, comprised of the Sponsor (Responsible Medical Officer), Study Medical Monitor, and Investigators.
  • the Clinical Study Team will review the emerging safety data from each cohort to determine if dose escalation will occur.
  • NCI CTCAE National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events
  • the study will proceed with dose escalation to the next cohort following safety review by the Clinical Study Team. If 1 of 3 subjects experiences a DLT during the first cycle, 3 additional subjects will be enrolled in that cohort. If none of the additional 3 subjects experience a DLT, dose escalation may continue to the next cohort following safety review by the Clinical Study Team. If 2 or more subjects in a cohort experience DLTs during the first cycle, dose escalation will be halted and the next lower dose level will be declared the MTD.
  • a dose level intermediate between the dose level exceeding MTD and the previous does level may be explored and declared MTD if ⁇ 2 out of 6 subjects experience a DLT at that dose. If the MTD cohort included only 3 subjects, an additional 3 subjects will be enrolled at that dose level to confirm that ⁇ 2 of 6 subjects experience a DLT at that dose.
  • Increases in the dose of AG-120 for each dose cohort will be guided by an accelerated titration design, where the daily dose may be doubled (100% increase) from one cohort to the next until AG-120-related CTCAE Grade 2 or greater toxicity is observed in any subject within the cohort. Following evaluation by the Clinical Study Team, subsequent increases in dose will be guided by the observed toxicity, and potentially PK and PK/PD data, until the MTD is determined. The absolute percent increase in the daily dose will be determined by the Clinical Study Team predicated on the type and severity of any toxicity seen in the prior dose cohorts (but will never exceed 100%). The MTD is the highest dose that causes DLTs in ⁇ 2 of 6 subjects.
  • dose escalation may continue for at least 2 dose levels above the projected maximum clinically effective exposure, as determined by an ongoing assessment of PK/PD and any observed clinical activity; this may occur in parallel with the expansion phase.
  • intra-subject dose escalation will be permitted with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • the expansion phase will open to further explore the dose in subjects with specific hematologic malignancies.
  • 4 non-randomized arms of approximately 25 subjects per arm with IDH1-mutated hematologic malignancies will be enrolled as follows:
  • Arm 2 Untreated AML who are not candidates for standard therapy due to age, comorbid condition, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the Investigator and with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Arm 3 Other non-AML IDH1-mutated relapsed and/or refractory advanced hematologic malignancies, where no standard of care treatment option is available. Such as:
  • Arm 4 Relapsed AML patients not eligible for Arm 1 that have failed available standard of care or are unable to receive standard of care due to age, comorbid condition, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the Investigator and with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • ORR objective response rate
  • CR complete remission
  • CRp CR with incomplete platelet recovery
  • MLFS morphologic leukemia-free state
  • CRi CR with incomplete hematologic recovery
  • PR partial remission
  • Additional screening procedures include medical, surgical, and medication history; a buccal swab for germ-line mutation analysis; complete physical examination; vital signs; Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status (PS); 12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG); left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF); clinical laboratory assessments (hematology, chemistry, coagulation, urinalysis, and serum pregnancy test); bone marrow biopsy and/or aspirate; and blood and bone marrow samples for 2-HG measurement and other exploratory assessments.
  • subjects in the dose escalation phase will have urine samples for 2 HG measurement and blood samples for determination of plasma cholesterol and 4 ⁇ -OH-cholesterol levels during screening.
  • Subjects in the dose escalation phase also will undergo PK/PD assessments over a 10-hour period on both C1D15 and C2D1. Additional pre-dose urine and/or blood sampling will be conducted on C1D8, C1D22, C2D15, C3D1, C3D15, and on Day 1 of all subsequent cycles for determination of COMPOUND 2 and 2-HG concentration. Available bone marrow biopsy samples also will be assessed for 2-HG levels.
  • Subjects in the expansion phase are not required to undergo the Day ⁇ 3 assessments; these subjects will undergo an 8-hour PK/PD profile conducted on Day 1 of Cycles 1 and 2. Additional blood samples for PK/PD assessments will be drawn pre-dose (within 30 minutes) on Days 8 and 15 of Cycle 1, Day 1 of Cycle 3, on Day 1 of all subsequent cycles, and at the End of Treatment visit. Time-matched 12-lead ECGs will be conducted in triplicate on Day 1 of Cycles 1 and 2; a triplicate ECG also will be conducted at the End of Treatment visit. Single 12-lead ECGs will be conducted at Screening, 4 hours post-dose on Days 8 and 15 of Cycle 1, on Day 1 of every cycle beginning with Cycle 3, and at the Follow-up visit. Available bone marrow biopsy samples will be assessed for 2-HG levels.
  • All subjects will have the extent of their disease assessed, including bone marrow biopsies and/or aspirates and peripheral blood, at screening, on Day 15 (dose escalation phase only), on Day 29, every 28 days thereafter through Month 12, and then every 56 days thereafter while on study drug treatment, independent of dose delays and/or dose interruptions, and/or at any time when progression of disease is suspected. Note that the Day 15 bone marrow evaluation during dose escalation should not be used to determine study treatment continuation status. Response to treatment and treatment decisions in all subjects will be determined by the Investigators based on modified International Working Group (IWG) response criteria or other appropriate response criteria for the malignancy under study. For subjects with relapsed or refractory AML enrolled in the expansion phase, response also will be assessed by an Independent Review Committee.
  • IWG International Working Group
  • Subjects may continue treatment with COMPOUND 2 until disease progression, development of other unacceptable toxicity, confirmed pregnancy, undergoing a hematopoietic stem cell transplant (HSCT), death, withdrawal of consent, lost to follow-up, or Sponsor ending the study, whichever occurs first.
  • Subjects who experience disease progression per the applicable response criteria who are, in the opinion of the Investigator, benefiting from treatment may be allowed to continue on study drug with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • HSCT hematopoietic stem cell transplant
  • Subjects who achieve an adequate response to treatment with COMPOUND 2 and meet other criteria required to undergo HSCT may proceed to HSCT after discontinuation of COMPOUND 2 and will be followed on study for disease evaluation (approximately monthly, as standard of care) and any new bone marrow transplant (BMT) conditioning antineoplastic therapies received until disease relapse, death, withdrawal of consent, lost to follow-up, or end of study. If a subject discontinues COMPOUND 2 to undergo HSCT, but is then deemed ineligible for HSCT, the subject may restart COMPOUND 2 with Medical Monitor approval. Subjects who fail HSCT and have recurrent IDH1-mutant positive disease may be eligible to restart treatment with COMPOUND 2 with Medical Monitor approval.
  • BMT bone marrow transplant
  • All subjects including those who relapse following HSCT and elect not to restart treatment, will enter survival follow-up and will be contacted monthly for assessment of survival status and BMT conditioning antineoplastic therapies since discontinuation of study drug until death, withdrawal of consent, lost to follow-up, or end of study.
  • Additional subjects may be enrolled during dose escalation, for the replacement of subjects who are not evaluable for the assessment of dose escalation, for evaluation of alternative dosing regimens or for further exploring safety, PK, PK/PD, or preliminary clinical activity used to guide the selection of the RP2D.
  • Subjects must meet all of the following criteria to be enrolled in the study: Subjects must be ⁇ 18 years of age.
  • Subjects must have an advanced hematologic malignancy including:
  • Relapsed and/or primary refractory AML as defined by World Health Organization (WHO) criteria; or
  • Untreated AML ⁇ 60 years of age and are not candidates for standard therapy due to age, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the treating physician and with approval of the Medical Monitor;
  • Myelodysplastic syndrome with refractory anemia with excess blasts (subtype RAEB-1 or RAEB-2), or considered high-risk by the Revised International Prognostic Scoring System (IPSS-R) Greenberg et al. Blood. 2012; 120(12):2454-65 that is recurrent or refractory, or the subject is intolerant to established therapy known to provide clinical benefit for their condition (i.e., subjects must not be candidates for regimens known to provide clinical benefit), according to the treating physician and with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • IPS-R Revised International Prognostic Scoring System
  • Arm 2 Untreated AML who are not candidates for standard therapy due to age, cormorbid condition, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the Investigator and with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Arm 3 Other non-AML IDH1-mutated relapsed and/or refractory advanced hematologic malignancies, where no standard of care treatment option is available. Such as:
  • Arm 4 Relapsed AML patients not eligible for Arm 1 that have failed available standard of care or are unable to receive standard of care due to age, comorbid condition, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the Investigator and with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Subjects must be amenable to serial bone marrow sampling, peripheral blood sampling, and urine sampling during the study.
  • Subject must be able to understand and willing to sign an informed consent.
  • a legally authorized representative may consent on behalf of a subject who is otherwise unable to provide informed consent, if acceptable to and approved by the site and/or site's Institutional Review Board (IRB).
  • IRS Institutional Review Board
  • Platelet count ⁇ 20,000/ ⁇ L Transfusions to achieve this level are allowed.
  • Subjects must be recovered from any clinically relevant toxic effects of any prior surgery, radiotherapy, or other therapy intended for the treatment of cancer. (Subjects with residual Grade 1 toxicity, for example Grade 1 peripheral neuropathy or residual alopecia, are allowed with approval of the Medical Monitor.)
  • the first pregnancy test will be performed at screening (within 7 days prior to first study drug administration), and on the day of the first study drug administration and confirmed negative prior to dosing and Day 1 before dosing all subsequent cycles.
  • Subjects with reproductive potential must have a negative serum pregnancy test within 7 days prior to the start of therapy.
  • Subjects with reproductive potential are defined as sexually mature women who have not undergone a hysterectomy, bilateral oophorectomy or tubal occlusion or who have not been naturally postmenopausal (i.e., who have not menstruated at all) for at least 24 consecutive months (i.e., has had menses at any time in the preceding 24 consecutive months).
  • Females of reproductive potential as well as fertile men and their partners who are female of reproductive potential must agree to abstain from sexual intercourse or to use two highly effective forms of contraception from the time of giving informed consent, during the study and for 90 days (females and males) following the last dose ofCOMPOUND 2.
  • a highly effective form of contraception is defined as hormonal oral contraceptives, injectables, patches, intrauterine devices, double-barrier method (e.g., synthetic condoms, diaphragm, or cervical cap with spermicidal foam, cream, or gel), or male partner sterilization.
  • double-barrier method e.g., synthetic condoms, diaphragm, or cervical cap with spermicidal foam, cream, or gel
  • male partner sterilization e.g., male partner sterilization.
  • HSCT hematopoietic stem cell transplant
  • GVHD graft-versus-host disease
  • the first dose of COMPOUND 2 should not occur before a period ⁇ 5 half-lives of the investigational agent has elapsed.
  • CYP 3A4 substrate medications Subjects taking sensitive cytochrome P450 (CYP) 3A4 substrate medications are excluded from the study unless they can be transferred to other medications within ⁇ 5 half-lives prior to dosing, or unless the medications can be properly monitored during the study.
  • CYP cytochrome P450
  • P-glycoprotein (P-gp) transporter-sensitive substrate medications are excluded from the study unless they can be transferred to other medications within ⁇ 5 half-lives prior to dosing, or unless the medications can be properly monitored during the study.
  • Subjects with an active severe infection that required anti-infective therapy or with an unexplained fever >38.5° C. during screening visits or on their first day of study drug administration (at the discretion of the Investigator, subjects with tumor fever may be enrolled).
  • NHA New York Heart Association
  • LVEF LVEF ⁇ 40% by echocardiogram (ECHO) or multi-gated acquisition (MUGA) scan obtained within approximately 28 days of C1D1.
  • ECHO echocardiogram
  • MUGA multi-gated acquisition
  • Subjects with bundle branch block and a prolonged QTc interval should be reviewed by the Medical Monitor for potential inclusion.
  • HIV human immunodeficiency virus
  • Subjects with any other medical or psychological condition deemed by the Investigator to be likely to interfere with a subject's ability to sign informed consent, cooperate, or participate in the study.
  • CNS central nervous system
  • Subjects with immediately life-threatening, severe complications of leukemia such as uncontrolled bleeding, pneumonia with hypoxia or shock, and/or disseminated intravascular coagulation.
  • COMPOUND 2 will be provided as 10, 50, 200, and 250 mg strength tablets to be administered orally.
  • the first 3 subjects in each dose escalation cohort in the dose escalation portion of the study will receive a single dose of study drug on Day ⁇ 3; their next dose of study drug will be administered on C1D1 at which time subjects will start dosing daily on Days 1 to 28 in 28-day cycles, with plans to explore alternative dosing regimens if warranted. Starting with C1D1, dosing is continuous; there are no inter-cycle rest periods. Subjects who are not required to undergo the Day ⁇ 3 PK/PD assessments will initiate daily dosing with COMPOUND 2 on C1D1.
  • the dose of COMPOUND 2 administered to a subject will be dependent upon which dose cohort is open for enrollment when the subject qualifies for the study.
  • the starting dose of AG-120 to be administered to the first cohort of subjects in the dose escalation phase is 100 mg administered orally twice a day (200 mg/day).
  • the starting dose and regimen for subjects in the expansion phase 500 mg QD was based on safety, PK, PK/PD, and clinical activity results from the dose-escalation phase of the studywill be provided as 10, 50 and 200 mg strength tablets to be administered orally.
  • Subjects may continue treatment with COMPOUND 2 until disease progression, development of other unacceptable toxicity, confirmed pregnancy, undergoing HSCT, death, withdrawal of consent, lost to follow-up, or Sponsor ending the study, whichever occurs first.
  • Subjects who experience disease progression per the applicable response criteria who are, in the opinion of the Investigator, benefiting from treatment may be allowed to continue on study drug with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • End of study is defined as the time at which all subjects have discontinued treatment with COMPOUND 2 and have been followed for survival for at least 12 months, or have died, been lost to follow up, or withdrew consent prior to 12 months of follow-up.
  • AEs including determination of DLTs, serious adverse events (SAEs), and AEs leading to discontinuation; safety laboratory parameters; physical examination findings; vital signs; 12-lead ECGs; LVEF; and ECOG PS.
  • Serial blood sampling for determination of concentration-time profiles of COMPOUND 2.
  • Blood and bone marrow sampling for determination of 2-HG levels.
  • Urine sampling for determination of urinary concentrations of COMPOUND 2 and 2-HG levels (dose escalation subjects only).
  • CRR complete remission rate
  • ORR objective response rate
  • the primary analysis of the clinical activity of COMPOUND 2 for the expansion phase will be based on Investigator review of response (CRR, ORR, and duration of remission/response) using the Full Analysis Set. Key supportive analyses will be based on the central independent review. Additional efficacy analyses may be conducted using the Efficacy Analysis Set.
  • FIG. 14 provides a visual of FLT mutations according to response categories for COMPOUND 2.
  • FIG. 14 profiles bone marrow at screening visit for patients only where genes were mutated in ⁇ 2.
  • genes (y-axis) are shown in decreasing order of frequency, with the exception of IDH2, while patients (x-axis) are grouped by response then by similarity in alterations; only patients from dose escalation phase with an evaluable response included.
  • the patients with AML characterized by somatic mutations in FLT3 are resistant to treatment of COMPOUND 2.
  • a combination therapy with COMPOUND 2 and one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway e.g. FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036) is effective in treating AML, in patients with AML characterized by somatic mutations in FLT3.
  • FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolani

Abstract

Provided are methods and compositions for treating cancers in patients carrying an IDH1 mutation or IDH2 mutation.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/079,802 filed Aug. 24, 2018, which is a national stage application under 35 U.S.C. 371 of International Application No. PCT/US2016/064845, filed Dec. 2, 2016, which claims the benefit of the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/300,673, filed Feb. 26, 2016, the disclosure of each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
    • FIELD
  • Provided herein are methods of treating malignancies including hematological malignancies and solid tumors characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 or IDH2, and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one embodiment, the methods for treating a malignancy comprise administering an IDH1 inhibitor or an IDH2 inhibitor in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway, wherein the malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 or IDH2 respectively, and a mutant FLT3.
  • In one aspect, provided herein is an IDH1 inhibitor for use in methods of treating malignancies including hematological malignancies and solid tumors characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one embodiment, an IDH1 inhibitor can be provided in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in methods for treating a malignancy, wherein the malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, and a mutant FLT3.
    • BACKGROUND
  • Isocitrate dehydrogenases (IDHs) catalyze the oxidative decarboxylation of isocitrate to 2-oxoglutarate (i.e., α-ketoglutarate). These enzymes belong to two distinct subclasses, one of which utilizes NAD(+) as the electron acceptor and the other NADP(+). Five isocitrate dehydrogenases have been reported: three NAD(+)-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenases, which localize to the mitochondrial matrix, and two NADP(+)-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenases, one of which is mitochondrial and the other predominantly cytosolic. Each NADP(+)-dependent isozyme is a homodimer.
  • IDH1 (isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (NADP+), cytosolic) is also known as IDH; IDP; pIDCD; IDPC or PICD. The protein encoded by this gene is the NADP(+)-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenase found in the cytoplasm and peroxisomes. It contains the PTS-1 peroxisomal targeting signal sequence. The presence of this enzyme in peroxisomes suggests roles in the regeneration of NADPH for intraperoxisomal reductions, such as the conversion of 2, 4-dienoyl-CoAs to 3-enoyl-CoAs, as well as in peroxisomal reactions that consume 2-oxoglutarate, namely the alpha-hydroxylation of phytanic acid. The cytoplasmic enzyme serves a significant role in cytoplasmic NADPH production.
  • The human IDH1 gene encodes a protein of 414 amino acids. The nucleotide and amino acid sequences for human IDH1 can be found as GenBank entries NM 005896.2 and NP 005887.2 respectively. The nucleotide and amino acid sequences for IDH1 are also described in, e.g., Nekrutenko et al., Mol. Biol. Evol. 15:1674-1684(1998); Geisbrecht et al., J. Biol. Chem. 274:30527-30533(1999); Wiemann et al., Genome Res. 11:422-435(2001); The MGC Project Team, Genome Res. 14:2121-2127(2004); Lubec et al., Submitted (December 2008) to UniProtKB; Kullmann et al., Submitted (June 1996) to the EMBL/GenBank/DDBJ databases; and Sjoeblom et al., Science 314:268-274(2006).
  • IDH2 (isocitrate dehydrogenase 2 (NADP+), mitochondrial) is also known as IDH; IDP; IDHM; IDPM; ICD-M; or mNADP-IDH. The protein encoded by this gene is the NADP(+)-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenase found in the mitochondria. It plays a role in intermediary metabolism and energy production. This protein may tightly associate or interact with the pyruvate dehydrogenase complex. Human IDH2 gene encodes a protein of 452 amino acids. The nucleotide and amino acid sequences for IDH2 can be found as GenBank entries NM 002168.2 and NP 002159.2 respectively. The nucleotide and amino acid sequence for human IDH2 are also described in, e.g., Huh et al., Submitted (November 1992) to the EMBL/GenBank/DDBJ databases; and The MGC Project Team, Genome Res. 14:2121-2127 (2004).
  • Non-mutant, e.g., wild type, IDH1 and IDH2 catalyze the oxidative decarboxylation of isocitrate to α-ketoglutarate (α-KG) thereby reducing NAD+ (NADP+) to NADH (NADPH), e.g., in the forward reaction:

  • Isocitrate+NAD+(NADP+)→α-KG+CO2+NADH(NADPH)+H+.
  • It has been discovered that mutations of IDH1 and IDH2 present in certain cancer cells result in a new ability of the enzyme to catalyze the NAPH-dependent reduction of α-ketoglutarate to R(−)-2-hydroxyglutarate (2HG). 2HG is not formed by wild-type IDH1 or IDH2. The production of 2HG is believed to contribute to the formation and progression of cancer (Dang, L. et al., Nature 462:739-44, 2009).
  • The development of selective inhibitors of IDH1 or IDH2 mutant enzymes has provided the possibility of therapeutic benefit to cancer patients carrying the IDH1 or IDH2 mutations. There is a need for improved therapies for treating cancer patients carrying IDH1 or IDH2 mutations.
    • SUMMARY
  • In one embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating hematologic malignancies by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH1 inhibitor, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is acute myeloid leukemia (AML). In one embodiment, the AML, is relapsed or refractory. Also provided herein is a mutant IDH1 inhibitor for use in the methods of treating hematologic malignancies, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating hematologic malignancies by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH2 inhibitor, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating hematologic malignancies by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH1 inhibitor in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example an internal tandem duplication mutation in the JM domain-coding sequence of the FLT3 gene (FLT3-ITD) or a missense point mutation at the D835 residue and point mutations, deletions and insertions in the codons surrounding D835 within a TK domain of FLT3 (FLT3-KDM) and/or other missense mutations. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML. Also provided herein is an IDH1 inhibitor in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in the methods of treating hematologic malignancies, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating hematologic malignancies by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH2 inhibitor in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway, wherein the hematologic malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD or FLT3-KDM. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino}-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]propan-2-ol, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 1). In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 2). In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML. In one embodiment, the AML is relapsed or refractory.
  • Also provided herein is COMPOUND 2 for use in the method of treating hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one embodiment, the advanced hematologic malignancy is AML, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one embodiment, the advanced hematologic malignancy is relapsed or refractory AML, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one aspect, provided is COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one aspect, provided is COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating relapsed or refractory acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, provided is COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, provided is COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, provided is COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating myeloid sarcoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, provided is COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating multiple myeloma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, provided is COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation
  • In one embodiment, provided is COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, provided is COMPOUND 2 for use in a method of treating blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino}-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]propan-2-ol, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 1) in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 1 is administered to the subject in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS, myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, in a subject comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 2) in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3. In one embodiment, provided herein is COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3. In one embodiment, provided herein is COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3. In one embodiment, provided herein is a COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in the method of treating chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3. In certain embodiments, provided herein is COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating myeloid sarcoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3. In one embodiment, provided herein is COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating multiple myeloma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3. In one embodiment, provided herein is COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3. In one embodiment, provided herein is COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3. In one embodiment, provided herein is COMPOUND 2 in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in a method of treating blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
  • In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML. In an embodiment, the AML is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one embodiment, the advanced hematologic malignancy is relapsed or refractory AML, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with quizartinib (AC220). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with sunitinib (SU11248). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with sorafenib (BAY 43-9006). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with midostaurin (PKC412). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with lestaurtinib (CEP-701). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with crenolanib (CP-868596). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with PLX3397. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with PLX3397. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with E6201. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with AKN-028. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with ponatinib (AP24534). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with ASP2215. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with KW-2449. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with famitinib. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with DCC-2036.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein are methods of solid tumors by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH1 inhibitor, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a mutant IDH1 inhibitor for use in a method of treating solid tumors, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating solid tumors by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH2 inhibitor, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation. In one embodiment, the solid tumor is an advanced solid tumor.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating solid tumors by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH1 inhibitor in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD. In one aspect, provided herein is a mutant IDH1 inhibitor in combination with one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway for use in the methods of treating solid tumors, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating solid tumors by administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH2 inhibitor in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD. In one embodiment, the solid tumor is an advanced solid tumor.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating solid tumors, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, or cholangiocarcinoma(e.g., glioma), or treating angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating solid tumors, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating solid tumors, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, or cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), or treating angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, in a subject comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 1 is administered to the subject in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating solid tumors, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, in a subject comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with quizartinib (AC220). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with sunitinib (SU11248). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with sorafenib (BAY 43-9006). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with midostaurin (PKC412). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with lestaurtinib (CEP-701). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with crenolanib (CP-868596). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with PLX3397. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with E6201. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with AKN-028. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with ponatinib (AP24534). In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with ASP2215. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with KW-2449. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with famitinib. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered to the subject in combination with DCC-2036.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 1.
  • FIG. 2 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 2.
  • FIG. 3 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 3.
  • FIG. 4 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 4.
  • FIG. 5 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 5.
  • FIG. 6 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 1 form 6.
  • FIG. 7 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 2 form I.
  • FIG. 8 is a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) profile of COMPOUND 2 form I.
  • FIG. 9 is a thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA) profile of COMPOUND 2 form I.
  • FIG. 10 is an X-ray powder diffractogram (XPRD) of COMPOUND 2 form II.
  • FIG. 11 is a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) profile of COMPOUND 2 form II.
  • FIG. 12 is a thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA) profile of COMPOUND 2 form II.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates the comutations, including FLT3 mutations, in samples treated with COMPOUND 1 according to response categories.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates the comutations, including FLT3 mutations in samples treated with COMPOUND 2 according to response categories.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • The details of construction and the arrangement of components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the drawings are not meant to be limiting. Other embodiments and different ways to practice the invention are expressly included. Also, the phraseology and terminology used herein is for the purpose of description and should not be regarded as limiting. The use of “including,” “comprising,” or “having,” “containing”, “involving”, and variations thereof herein, is meant to encompass the items listed thereafter and equivalents thereof as well as additional items.
    • Definitions
  • The term a “mutant IDH2 inhibitor” or “inhibitor of IDH2 mutant(s)” means a molecule e.g., a polypeptide, peptide, or small molecule (e.g., a molecule of less than 1,000 daltons), or aptomer, that binds to an IDH2 mutant subunit and inhibits neoactivity, e.g., by inhibiting formation of a dimer, e.g., a homodimer of mutant IDH2 subunits or a heterodimer of a mutant and a wildype subunit. In some embodiments, the neoactivity inhibition is at least about 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 99% as compared to the activity in the absence of the mutant IDH2 inhibitor. In one embodiment, the mutant IDH2 inhibitor is COMPOUND 1.
  • The term a “mutant IDH1 inhibitor” or “inhibitor of IDH1 mutant(s)” means a molecule e.g., a polypeptide, peptide, or small molecule (e.g., a molecule of less than 1,000 daltons), or aptomer, that binds to an IDH1 mutant subunit and inhibits neoactivity, e.g., by inhibiting formation of a dimer, e.g., a homodimer of mutant IDH1 subunits or a heterodimer of a mutant and a wildype subunit. In some embodiments, the neoactivity inhibition is at least about 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 99% as compared to the activity in the absence of the mutant IDH1 inhibitor. In one embodiment, the mutant IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 2.
  • As used herein, the term “wild type” refers to the typical or most common form of a characteristic (for example, gene sequence or presence, or protein sequence, presence, level or activity), as it occurs in nature, and the reference against which all others are compared. As will be understood by one skilled in the art, when used herein, wild type refers to the typical gene sequence(s) or gene expression levels as they most commonly occur in nature.
  • As used herein, “co-occurring mutation” refers to one or more gene mutations that are present in a cancer subject herein in addition to an IDH1 or an IDH2 mutation.
  • The term “FLT3 pathway inhibitor” or “FLT3 targeting compound” or “FLT3 inhibitor” refers to a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits FLT3, which interferes with the activation of FLT3-mediated signal transduction pathways and reduces cell proliferation in cancer cells that overexpress FLT3. In certain embodiments, a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits wild type FLT3. In certain embodiments, a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits mutant FLT3, for example, FLT3-ITD (an internal tandem duplication mutation in the JM domain-coding sequence of the FLT3 gene) and/or FLT3-KDM (a missense point mutation at the D835 residue and point mutations, deletions and insertions in the codons surrounding D835 within a TK domain of FLT3). Exemplary FLT3 inhibitors for use herein include, but are not limited to quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • The term “elevated levels of 2HG” means 10%, 20% 30%, 50%, 75%, 100%, 200%, 500% or more 2HG is present in a subject that carries a mutant IDH1 allele than is present in a subject that does not carry a mutant IDH1 allele. The term “elevated levels of 2HG” may refer to the amount of 2HG within a cell, within a tumor, within an organ comprising a tumor, or within a bodily fluid.
  • The term “bodily fluid” includes one or more of amniotic fluid surrounding a fetus, aqueous humour, blood (e.g., blood plasma), serum, Cerebrospinal fluid, cerumen, chyme, Cowper's fluid, female ejaculate, interstitial fluid, lymph, breast milk, mucus (e.g., nasal drainage or phlegm), pleural fluid, pus, saliva, sebum, semen, serum, sweat, tears, urine, vaginal secretion, or vomit.
  • The terms “inhibit” or “prevent” include both complete and partial inhibition and prevention. An inhibitor may completely or partially inhibit the intended target.
  • The term “subject” is intended to include human and non-human animals. Exemplary human subjects include a human patient (referred to as a patient) having a disorder, e.g., a disorder described herein or a normal subject. The term “non-human animals” of one aspect of the invention includes all vertebrates, e.g., non-mammals (such as chickens, amphibians, reptiles) and mammals, such as non-human primates, domesticated and/or agriculturally useful animals, e.g., sheep, dog, cat, cow, pig, etc.
  • The term “treat” means decrease, suppress, attenuate, diminish, arrest, or stabilize the development or progression of a disease/disorder (e.g., an hematologic malignancy, including an advanced hematologic malignancy, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), or a solid tumor, including glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1; or acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, or solid tumors, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, or cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), or angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2), lessen the severity of the disease/disorder or improve the symptoms associated with the disease/disorder. In one embodiment, the advanced hematologic malignancy is relapsed or refractory. In one embodiment, the solid tumor is relapsed or refractory.
  • An amount of a compound, including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug or a polymorph thereof, effective to treat a disorder, or a “therapeutically effective amount” or “therapeutically effective dose” refers to an amount of the compound, including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, or a polymorph thereof, which is effective, upon single or multiple dose administration to a subject, in treating a cell, or in curing, alleviating, relieving or improving a subject with a disorder beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment.
  • The term “co-administering” as used herein with respect to additional cancer therapeutic agents means that the additional cancer therapeutic agent may be administered together with a compound provided herein as part of a single dosage form (such as a composition comprising a compound and a second therapeutic agent as described above) or as separate, multiple dosage forms. Alternatively, the additional cancer therapeutic agent may be administered prior to, consecutively with, or following the administration of a compound provided herein. In such combination therapy treatment, both the compounds provided herein and the second therapeutic agent(s) are administered by conventional methods. The administration of a composition comprising both a compound provided herein and a second therapeutic agent, to a subject does not preclude the separate administration of that same therapeutic agent, any other second therapeutic agent or any compound provided herein to said subject at another time during a course of treatment. The term “co-administering” as used herein with respect to an additional cancer treatment means that the additional cancer treatment may occur prior to, consecutively with, concurrently with or following the administration of a compound provided herein.
  • The term “substantially free of other stereoisomers” as used herein means a preparation enriched in a compound having a selected stereochemistry at one or more selected stereocenters by at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%.
  • The term “enriched” means that at least the designated percentage of a preparation is the compound having a selected stereochemistry at one or more selected stereocenters.
  • The term “crystalline” refers to a solid having a highly regular chemical structure. In particular, a crystalline COMPOUND 1 may be produced as one or more single crystalline forms of COMPOUND 1 and a crystalline COMPOUND 2 may be produced as one or more single crystalline forms of COMPOUND 2. For the purposes of this application, the terms “crystalline form”, “single crystalline form” and “polymorph” are synonymous; the terms distinguish between crystals that have different properties (e.g., different XRPD patterns and/or different DSC scan results). The term “polymorph” includes pseudopolymorphs, which are typically different solvates of a material, and thus their properties differ from one another. Thus, each distinct polymorph and pseudopolymorph of COMPOUND 1 is considered to be a distinct single crystalline form herein, and each distinct polymorph and pseudopolymorph of COMPOUND 2 is considered to be a distinct single crystalline form herein.
  • The term “substantially crystalline” refers to forms that may be at least a particular weight percent crystalline. Particular weight percentages are 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 10% and 100%. In some embodiments, substantially crystalline COMPOUND 1 refers to a COMPOUND 1 that is at least 70% crystalline. In other embodiments, substantially crystalline COMPOUND 1 refers to a COMPOUND 1 that is at least 90% crystalline. In some embodiments, substantially crystalline COMPOUND 2 refers to a COMPOUND 2 that is at least 70% crystalline. In other embodiments, substantially crystalline COMPOUND 2 refers to a COMPOUND 2 that is at least 90% crystalline.
  • The term “isolated” refers to forms that may be at least a particular weight percent of a particular crystalline form of compound. Particular weight percentages are 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 90% and 100%.
  • The term “solvate or solvated” means a physical association of a compound, including a crystalline form thereof, of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association includes hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. “Solvate or solvated” encompasses both solution-phase and isolable solvates. Representative solvates include, for example, a hydrate, ethanolates or a methanolate.
  • The term “hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H2O that is present in a defined stoichiometric amount, and may, for example, include hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate, or trihydrate.
  • The term “mixture” is used to refer to the combined elements of the mixture regardless of the phase-state of the combination (e.g., liquid or liquid/crystalline).
  • The term “seeding” is used to refer to the addition of a crystalline material to initiate recrystallization or crystallization.
  • The term “antisolvent” is used to refer to a solvent in which compounds, including crystalline forms thereof, are poorly soluble.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant” refers to a carrier or adjuvant that may be administered to a subject, together with a compound of one aspect of this invention, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof and is nontoxic when administered in doses sufficient to deliver a therapeutic amount of the compound.
  • The term “a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt” as used herein refers to non-toxic acid or base addition salts of the compound to which the term refers. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts.” J. Pharm. Sci. Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
  • The term “about” means approximately, in the region of, roughly, or around. When the term “about” is used in conjunction with a numerical range, it modifies that range by extending the boundaries above and below the numerical values set forth. In general, the term “about” is used herein to modify a numerical value above and below the stated value by a variance of 10%.
    • Compounds
  • A. Compound 1
  • In one embodiment, COMPOUND 1 is 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino}-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]propan-2-ol, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, metabolite, or a polymorph thereof, having the following formula:
  • Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00001
  • COMPOUND 1 may also comprise one or more isotopic substitutions (“Isotopologues”). For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D or deuterium), and 3H (T or tritium); C may be in any isotopic form, including12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like. For example, COMPOUND 1 is enriched in a specific isotopic form of H, C and/or O by at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%.
  • COMPOUND 1 in certain embodiments may also be represented in multiple tautomeric forms, in such instances, one aspect of the invention expressly includes all tautomeric forms of COMPOUND 1 described herein, even though only a single tautomeric form may be represented (e.g., keto-enol tautomers). All such isomeric forms of COMPOUND 1 are expressly included herein. Synthesis of COMPOUND 1 is described in US published application US-2013-0190287-A1 published Jul. 25, 2013, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of COMPOUND 1, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts.” J. Pharm. Sci. Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
  • For example, if COMPOUND 1 is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., —NH— may be —N—−), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+ and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+, and other cations such as Al3+. Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4 +.
  • If COMPOUND 1 is cationic, or has a functional group that may be cationic (e.g., —NHR may be —NH2R+), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 1 comprises the mesylate salt of 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino}-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]propan-2-ol. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
  • COMPOUND 1 for use in the methods and pharmaceutical compositions provided herein therefore includes the COMPOUND 1 itself, as well as its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers, isotopologues, prodrugs, metabolites, or polymorphs. Metabolites of COMPOUND 1 are disclosed in patent application publication WO2015/006592, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. COMPOUND 1 provided herein may be modified and converted to a prodrug by appending appropriate functionalities to enhance selected biological properties, e.g., targeting to a particular tissue. Such modifications (i.e., prodrugs) are known in the art and include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological compartment (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion. Examples of prodrugs include esters (e.g., phosphates, amino acid (e.g., valine) esters), carbamates and other pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives, which, upon administration to a subject, are capable of providing active compounds.
  • It has been found that COMPOUND 1 can exist in a variety of solid forms. In one embodiment, provided herein are solid forms that include neat crystal forms. In another embodiment, provided herein are solid forms that include solvated forms and amorphous forms. The present disclosure provides certain solid forms of COMPOUND 1. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compositions comprising COMPOUND 1 in a form described herein. In some embodiments of provided compositions, COMPOUND 1 is present as a mixture of one or more solid forms; in some embodiments of provided compositions, COMPOUND 1 is present in a single form.
  • In one embodiment, COMPOUND 1 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the single crystalline forms described herein. Synthesis of crystalline forms of COMPOUND 1 is described in the international application publication WO 2015/017821 published Feb. 5, 2015 and the U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/112,127, filed Feb. 4, 2015, both incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent; and COMPOUND 1, wherein COMPOUND 1 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the crystalline forms being described herein. Also provided are uses of COMPOUND 1, wherein COMPOUND 1 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the single crystalline forms described herein, to prepare a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Provided herein is an assortment of characterizing information to describe the crystalline forms of COMPOUND 1. It should be understood, however, that not all such information is required for one skilled in the art to determine that such particular form is present in a given composition, but that the determination of a particular form can be achieved using any portion of the characterizing information that one skilled in the art would recognize as sufficient for establishing the presence of a particular form, e.g., even a single distinguishing peak can be sufficient for one skilled in the art to appreciate that such particular form is present.
  • In one embodiment, at least a particular percentage by weight of COMPOUND 1 is crystalline. Particular weight percentages may be 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%,
  • 80%, 85%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 10% and 100%. When a particular percentage by weight of COMPOUND 1 is crystalline, the remainder of COMPOUND 1 is the amorphous form of COMPOUND 1. Non-limiting examples of crystalline COMPOUND 1 include a single crystalline form of compound 1 or a mixture of different single crystalline forms. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 1 is at least 90% by weight crystalline. In some other embodiments, COMPOUND 1 is at least 95% by weight crystalline.
  • In another embodiment, a particular percentage by weight of the crystalline COMPOUND 1 is a specific single crystalline form or a combination of single crystalline forms. Particular weight percentages may be 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 10% and 100%. In another embodiment, COMPOUND 1 is at least 90% by weight of a single crystalline form. In another embodiment, COMPOUND 1 is at least 95% by weight of a single crystalline form.
  • In the following description of COMPOUND 1, embodiments of the invention may be described with reference to a particular crystalline form of COMPOUND 1, as characterized by one or more properties as discussed herein. The descriptions characterizing the crystalline forms may also be used to describe the mixture of different crystalline forms that may be present in a crystalline COMPOUND 1. However, the particular crystalline forms of COMPOUND 1 may also be characterized by one or more of the characteristics of the crystalline form as described herein, with or without regard to referencing a particular crystalline form.
  • The crystalline forms are further illustrated by the detailed descriptions and illustrative examples given below. The XRPD peaks described in Tables 1 to 6 may vary by ±0.2° depending upon the instrument used to obtain the data. The intensity of the XRPD peaks described in Tables 1 to 6 may vary by 10%.
  • Form 1
  • In one embodiment, a single crystalline form, Form 1, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 1, and data shown in Table 1 obtained using CuKα radiation. In a particular embodiment, the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 1, as shown in Table 1. For example, the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 1.
  • TABLE 1
    Angle 2-Theta° Intensity %
    6.7 42.2
    8.9 61.8
    9.1 41.9
    13.0 46.7
    16.4 33.2
    18.9 100.0
    21.4 27.3
    23.8 49.2
    28.1 47.5
  • In another embodiment, Form 1 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 8.9, 13.0, 18.9, 23.8, and 28.1°. In another embodiment, Form 1 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2θ angles of 8.9, 18.9, and 23.8°.
  • Form 2
  • In one embodiment, a single crystalline form, Form 2, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 2, and data shown in Table 2, obtained using CuKα radiation. In a particular embodiment, the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 2, as shown in Table 2. For example, the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 2.
  • TABLE 2
    Angle 2-Theta° Intensity %
    8.4 65.2
    12.7 75.5
    16.9 57.9
    17.1 69.4
    17.7 48.6
    19.2 100.0
    23.0 69.7
    23.3 61.1
    24.2 87.3
  • In another embodiment, Form 2 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 12.7, 17.1, 19.2, 23.0, and 24.2°. In another embodiment, Form 2 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2θ angles of 12.7, 19.2, and 24.2°.
  • Form 3
  • In one embodiment, a single crystalline form, Form 3, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 3, and data shown in Table 3, obtained using CuKα radiation. In a particular embodiment, the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 3, as shown in Table 3. For example, the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 3.
  • TABLE 3
    Angle 2-Theta° Intensity %
    6.8 35.5
    10.1 30.7
    10.6 53.1
    13.6 46.0
    14.2 63.8
    17.2 26.4
    18.4 34.0
    19.2 100.0
    23.5 3.8
  • In another embodiment, Form 3 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 6.8, 10.6, 13.6, 14.2, and 19.2°. In another embodiment, Form 3 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2θ angles of 10.6, 14.2, and 19.2°.
  • Form 4
  • In one embodiment, a single crystalline form, Form 4, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 4, and data shown in Table 4, obtained using CuKα radiation. In a particular embodiment, the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 4, as shown in Table 4. For example, the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 4.
  • TABLE 4
    Angle 2-Theta° Intensity %
    7.2 53.3
    10.1 26.7
    11.5 20.5
    13.6 100.0
    18.5 72.0
    19.3 46.9
    20.3 39.4
    21.9 55.4
    23.5 77.5
  • In another embodiment, Form 4 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 7.2, 13.6, 18.5, 19.3, 21.9, and 23.5°. In another embodiment, Form 4 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2θ angles of 13.6, 18.5, and 23.5°.
  • Form 5
  • In one embodiment, a single crystalline form, Form 5, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 5, and data shown in Table 5, obtained using CuKα radiation. In a particular embodiment, the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 5, as shown in Table 5. For example, the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 5.
  • TABLE 5
    Angle 2-Theta° Intensity %
    6.4 45.4
    8.4 84.0
    9.8 100.0
    16.1 26.0
    16.9 22.7
    17.8 43.6
    19.7 40.4
    21.1 20.5
    26.1 15.9
  • In another embodiment, Form 5 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 6.4, 8.4, 9.8, 17.8, and 19.7°. In another embodiment, Form 5 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2θ angles of 8.4 and 9.8°.
  • Form 6
  • In one embodiment, a single crystalline form, Form 6, of COMPOUND 1 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 15, and data shown in Table 6, obtained using CuKα radiation. In a particular embodiment, the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 6, as shown in Table 6. For example, the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight of the peaks shown in Table 6.
  • TABLE 6
    Angle 2-Theta° Intensity %
    8.1 97.9
    11.4 24.9
    14.1 51.5
    15.2 28.4
    16.4 85.0
    17.3 100.0
    20.5 54.7
    24.1 88.7
  • In another embodiment, Form 6 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 8.1, 14.1, 16.4, 17.3, 20.5, and 24.1°. In another embodiment, Form 6 can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2θ angles of 8.1, 16.4, 17.3, and 24.1°.
  • B. Compound 2
  • COMPOUND 2 is (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, or a polymorph thereof. COMPOUND 2 has the following chemical structure:
  • Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00002
  • COMPOUND 2 may also comprise one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form (“Isotopologues”), including 1H, 2H (D or deuterium), and 3H (T or tritium); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like. For example, COMPOUND 2 is enriched in a specific isotopic form of H, C and/or O by at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%.
  • COMPOUND 2 in certain embodiments may also be represented in multiple tautomeric forms, in such instances, one aspect of the invention expressly includes all tautomeric forms of COMPOUND 2 described herein, even though only a single tautomeric form may be represented (e.g., keto-enol tautomers). All such isomeric forms of COMPOUND 2 are expressly included herein. Synthesis of COMPOUND 2 is described in US published application US-2013-0190249-A1 published Jul. 25, 2013, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of COMPOUND 2, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts.” J. Pharm. Sci. Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
  • For example, if COMPOUND 2 is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., —NH— may be —N—−), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+ and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+, and other cations such as Al3+. Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4 +.
  • If COMPOUND 2 is cationic, or has a functional group that may be cationic (e.g., —NHR may be —NH2R+), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
  • COMPOUND 2 for use in the methods and pharmaceutical compositions provided herein therefore includes COMPOUND 2 itself, as well as its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers, isotopologues, prodrugs or polymorphs. COMPOUND 2 provided herein may be modified and converted to a prodrug by appending appropriate functionalities to enhance selected biological properties, e.g., targeting to a particular tissue. Such modifications (i.e., prodrugs) are known in the art and include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological compartment (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion. Examples of prodrugs include esters (e.g., phosphates, amino acid (e.g., valine) esters), carbamates and other pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives, which, upon administration to a subject, are capable of providing active compounds.
  • It has been found that COMPOUND 2 can exist in a variety of solid forms. In one embodiment, provided herein are solid forms that include neat crystal forms. In another embodiment, provided herein are solid forms that include solvated forms and amorphous forms. The present disclosure provides certain solid forms of COMPOUND 2. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compositions comprising COMPOUND 2 in a form described herein. In some embodiments of provided compositions, COMPOUND 2 is present as a mixture of one or more solid forms; in some embodiments of provided compositions, COMPOUND 2 is present in a single form.
  • In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the single crystalline forms described herein. Synthesis of crystalline forms of COMPOUND 2 is described in international application publications WO 2015/138837 and WO 2015/138839, both published Sep. 17, 2015, both incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent; and COMPOUND 2, wherein COMPOUND 2 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the crystalline forms being described herein. Also provided are uses of COMPOUND 2, wherein COMPOUND 2 is a single crystalline form, or any one of the single crystalline forms described herein, to prepare a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Provided herein is an assortment of characterizing information to describe the crystalline forms of COMPOUND 2. It should be understood, however, that not all such information is required for one skilled in the art to determine that such particular form is present in a given composition, but that the determination of a particular form can be achieved using any portion of the characterizing information that one skilled in the art would recognize as sufficient for establishing the presence of a particular form, e.g., even a single distinguishing peak can be sufficient for one skilled in the art to appreciate that such particular form is present.
  • In one embodiment, at least a particular percentage by weight of COMPOUND 2 is crystalline. Particular weight percentages may be 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 10% and 100%. When a particular percentage by weight of COMPOUND 2 is crystalline, the remainder of COMPOUND 2 is the amorphous form of COMPOUND 2. Non-limiting examples of crystalline COMPOUND 2 include a single crystalline form of compound 1 or a mixture of different single crystalline forms. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2 is at least 90% by weight crystalline. In some other embodiments, COMPOUND 2 is at least 95% by weight crystalline.
  • In another embodiment, a particular percentage by weight of the crystalline COMPOUND 2 is a specific single crystalline form or a combination of single crystalline forms. Particular weight percentages may be 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or any percentage between 10% and 100%. In another embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is at least 90% by weight of a single crystalline form. In another embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is at least 95% by weight of a single crystalline form.
  • In the following description of COMPOUND 2, embodiments of the invention may be described with reference to a particular crystalline form of COMPOUND 2, as characterized by one or more properties as discussed herein. The descriptions characterizing the crystalline forms may also be used to describe the mixture of different crystalline forms that may be present in a crystalline COMPOUND 2. However, the particular crystalline forms of COMPOUND 2 may also be characterized by one or more of the characteristics of the crystalline form as described herein, with or without regard to referencing a particular crystalline form.
  • The crystalline forms are further illustrated by the detailed descriptions and illustrative examples given below. The XRPD peaks described in Tables 1 to 2 may vary by ±0.2° depending upon the instrument used to obtain the data. The intensity of the XRPD peaks described in Tables 1 to 2 may vary by 10%.
  • Form I
  • In one embodiment, a single crystalline form, Form I, of COMPOUND 2 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 7, and data shown in Table 7, obtained using CuKα radiation. In a particular embodiment, the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 7, as shown in Table 7. For example, the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine of the peaks shown in Table 7.
  • TABLE 7
    Angle 2-Theta° Intensity %
    8.6 90.3
    13.2 60.0
    15.6 85.5
    18.5 72.5
    19.6 31.5
    20.6 71.6
    21.6 100.0
    26.4 64.2
    27.3 45.6
  • In another embodiment, Form I can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 8.6, 15.6, 18.5, 20.6, 21.6, and 26.4°. In another embodiment, Form I can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2θ angles of 8.6, 15.6, 18.5, and 21.6°.
  • In another embodiment, Form I can be characterized by the differential scanning calorimetry profile (DSC) shown in FIG. 8. The DSC graph plots the heat flow as a function of temperature from a sample, the temperature rate change being about 10° C./min. The profile is characterized by an endothermic transition with an onset temperature of about 140.1° C. with a melt at about 149.9° C.
  • In another embodiment, Form I can be characterized by thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA) shown in FIG. 9. The TGA profile graphs the percent loss of weight of the sample as a function of temperature, the temperature rate change being about 10° C./min. The weight loss represents a loss of about 0.44% of the weight of the sample as the temperature is changed from about 29.0° C. to 125.0° C.
  • Form II
  • In one embodiment, a single crystalline form, Form II, of the COMPOUND 2 is characterized by the X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern shown in FIG. 10, and data shown in Table 8, obtained using CuKα radiation. In a particular embodiment, the polymorph can be characterized by one or more of the peaks taken from FIG. 10, as shown in Table 8. For example, the polymorph can be characterized by one or two or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine or ten of the peaks shown in Table 8.
  • TABLE 8
    Angle 2-Theta° Intensity %
    9.8 85.6
    11.6 100.0
    14.9 11.4
    16.5 15.3
    19.6 75.2
    20.1 7.3
    22.5 32.6
    23.0 69.4
    25.0 8.9
    31.4 22.0
  • In another embodiment, Form II can be characterized by the peaks identified at 20 angles of 9.8, 11.6, 19.6, 22.5, 23.0, and 31.4°. In another embodiment, Form II can be characterized by the peaks identified at 2θ angles of 9.8, 11.6, 19.6, and 23.0°.
  • In another embodiment, Form II can be characterized by the differential scanning calorimetry profile (DSC) shown in FIG. 11. The DSC graph plots the heat flow as a function of temperature from a sample, the temperature rate change being about 10° C./min. The profile is characterized by an endothermic transition with an onset temperature of about 62.7° C. with a melt at about 72.5° C., and an endothermic transition with an onset temperature of about 145.6° C. with a melt at about 153.6° C.
  • In another embodiment, Form II can be characterized by thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA) shown in FIG. 12. The TGA profile graphs the percent loss of weight of the sample as a function of temperature, the temperature rate change being about 10° C./min. The weight loss represents a loss of about 0.57% of the weight of the sample as the temperature is changed from about 29.3° C. to 170.3° C.
  • Other embodiments are directed to a single crystalline form of COMPOUND 2 characterized by a combination of the aforementioned characteristics of any of the single crystalline forms discussed herein. The characterization may be by any combination of one or more of the)(RFD, TGA, and DSC described for a particular polymorph. For example, the single crystalline form of COMPOUND 2 may be characterized by any combination of the XRPD results regarding the position of the major peaks in a XRPD scan; and/or any combination of one or more of parameters derived from data obtained from a XRPD scan. The single crystalline form of COMPOUND 2 may also be characterized by TGA determinations of the weight loss associated with a sample over a designated temperature range; and/or the temperature at which a particular weight loss transition begins. DSC determinations of the temperature associated with the maximum heat flow during a heat flow transition and/or the temperature at which a sample begins to undergo a heat flow transition may also characterize the crystalline form. Weight change in a sample and/or change in sorption/desorption of water per molecule of COMPOUND 2 as determined by water sorption/desorption measurements over a range of relative humidity (e.g., 0% to 90%) may also characterize a single crystalline form of COMPOUND 2.
  • FLT3 Targeting Compounds
  • In one embodiment, the methods provided herein comprise co-administration of one or more second agent, wherein the second agent is a FLT3 targeting agent.
  • In one aspect, the second agent specifically binds to and inhibits FLT3, which interferes with the activation of FLT3-mediated signal transduction pathways and reduces cell proliferation in cancer cells that overexpress FLT3. Exemplary second agents that target FLT3 are described by Hitoshi Kiyo Nagoya J Med Sci. 2015 February; 77(1-2): 7-17 and Fathi et al., Am J Blood Res 2011; 1(2):175-189, incorporated by reference herein.
  • In certain embodiments, a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits wild type FLT3. In certain embodiments, a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits mutant FLT3. In certain embodiments, a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits FLT3-ITD. In certain embodiments, a FLT3 inhibitor is a compound that specifically binds to and inhibits FLT3-KDM.
  • In certain embodiments, the second agent is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In certain embodiments, the second agent is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006) and midostaurin (PKC412).
  • Compositions and Routes of Administration
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH2 inhibitor. In one embodiment, the mutant IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 1.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a mutant IDH1 inhibitor. In one embodiment, the mutant IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 2.
  • In one embodiment, the compounds utilized in the methods provided herein may be formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant into pharmaceutically acceptable compositions prior to be administered to a subject. In another embodiment, such pharmaceutically acceptable compositions further comprise additional therapeutic agents in amounts effective for achieving a modulation of disease or disease symptoms, including those described herein.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of one aspect of this invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS) such as d-α-tocopherol polyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate, surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat. Cyclodextrins such as α-, β-, and γ-cyclodextrin, or chemically modified derivatives such as hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, including 2- and 3-hydroxypropylβ-cyclodextrins, or other solubilized derivatives may also be advantageously used to enhance delivery of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 described herein.
  • In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises COMPOUND 1 and an excipient. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition that comprises COMPOUND 1 and an excipient, is for oral administration. In one embodiment, the excipient is a diluent, a binder, a disintegrant, a wetting agent, a stabilizer, a glidant, or a lubricant.
  • In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises COMPOUND 2 and an excipient. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition that comprises COMPOUND 2 and an excipient, is for oral administration. In one embodiment, the excipient is a diluent, a binder, a disintegrant, a wetting agent, a stabilizer, a glidant, or a lubricant.
  • In one embodiment, the diluent is a microcrystalline cellulose.
  • In one embodiment, the binder is a hydroxypropyl cellulose.
  • In one embodiment, the disintegrant is sodium starch glycolate.
  • In one embodiment, the wetting agent is sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • In one embodiment, the stabilizer is hypromellose acetate succinate.
  • In one embodiment, the glidant is colloidal silicon dioxide.
  • In one embodiment, the lubricant is magnesiun stearate.
  • In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and an excipient. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition that comprises COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and an excipient, is for oral administration.
  • Oral delivery formats for COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules, caplets, solutions, suspensions, and syrups, and may also comprise a plurality of granules, beads, powders or pellets that may or may not be encapsulated. Such formats may also be referred to herein as the “drug core” which contains COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2.
  • Particular embodiments herein provide solid oral dosage forms that are tablets or capsules. In certain embodiments, the formulation is a tablet comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2. In certain embodiments, the formulation is a capsule comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2. In certain embodiments, the tablets or capsules provided herein optionally comprise one or more excipients, such as, for example, glidants, diluents, lubricants, colorants, disintegrants, granulating agents, binding agents, polymers, and coating agents. In certain embodiments, the formulation is an immediate release tablet. In certain embodiments, the formulation is a controlled release tablet releasing the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API), e.g., substantially in the stomach. In certain embodiments, the formulation is a hard gelatin capsule. In certain embodiments, the formulation is a soft gelatin capsule. In certain embodiments, the capsule is a hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) capsule. In certain embodiments, the formulation is an immediate release capsule. In certain embodiments, the formulation is an immediate or controlled release capsule releasing the API, e.g., substantially in the stomach. In certain embodiments, the formulation is a rapidly disintegrating tablet that dissolves substantially in the mouth following administration. In certain embodiments, embodiments herein encompass the use of COMPOUND 1 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for treating a malignancy, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2, wherein the composition is prepared for oral administration. In certain embodiments, embodiments herein encompass the use of COMPOUND 2 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for treating a malignancy, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, wherein the composition is prepared for oral administration.
  • Particular embodiments herein provide pharmaceutical formulations (e.g., immediate release oral formulations and/or formulations that release the API substantially in the stomach) comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 that achieve a particular AUC value (e.g., AUC(0-t) or AUC(0-∞)) in the subject (e.g., human) to which the formulation is orally administered. Particular embodiments provide oral formulations that achieve an AUC value of at least about 25 ng-hr/mL, at least about 50 ng-hr/mL, at least about 75 ng-hr/mL, at least about 100 ng-hr/mL, at least about 150 ng-hr/mL, at least about 200 ng-hr/mL, at least about 250 ng-hr/mL, at least about 300 ng-hr/mL, at least about 350 ng-hr/mL, at least about 400 ng-hr/mL, at least about 450 ng-hr/mL, at least about 500 ng-hr/mL, at least about 550 ng-hr/mL, at least about 600 ng-hr/mL, at least about 650 ng-hr/mL, at least about 700 ng-hr/mL, at least about 750 ng-hr/mL, at least about 800 ng-hr/mL, at least about 850 ng-hr/mL, at least about 900 ng-hr/mL, at least about 950 ng-hr/mL, at least about 1000 ng-hr/mL, at least about 1100 ng-hr/mL, at least about 1200 ng-hr/mL, at least about 1300 ng-hr/mL, at least about 1400 ng-hr/mL, at least about 1500 ng-hr/mL, at least about 1600 ng-hr/mL, at least about 1700 ng-hr/mL, at least about 1800 ng-hr/mL, at least about 1900 ng-hr/mL, at least about 2000 ng-hr/mL, at least about 2250 ng-hr/mL, or at least about 2500 ng-hr/mL. In particular embodiments, the AUC determination is obtained from a time-concentration pharmacokinetic profile obtained from the blood samples of animals or human volunteers following dosing.
  • Particular embodiments herein provide pharmaceutical formulations (e.g., immediate release oral formulations and/or formulations that release the API substantially in the stomach) comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 that achieve a particular maximum plasma concentration (“Cmax”) in the subject to which the formulation is orally administered. Particular embodiments provide oral formulations that achieve a Cmax of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 of at least about 25 ng/mL, at least about 50 ng/mL, at least about 75 ng/mL, at least about 100 ng/mL, at least about 150 ng/mL, at least about 200 ng/mL, at least about 250 ng/mL, at least about 300 ng/mL, at least about 350 ng/mL, at least about 400 ng/mL, at least about 450 ng/mL, at least about 500 ng/mL, at least about 550 ng/mL, at least about 600 ng/mL, at least about 650 ng/mL, at least about 700 ng/mL, at least about 750 ng/mL, at least about 800 ng/mL, at least about 850 ng/mL, at least about 900 ng/mL, at least about 950 ng/mL, at least about 1000 ng/mL, at least about 1100 ng/mL, at least about 1200 ng/mL, at least about 1300 ng/mL, at least about 1400 ng/mL, at least about 1500 ng/mL, at least about 1600 ng/mL, at least about 1700 ng/mL, at least about 1800 ng/mL, at least about 1900 ng/mL, at least about 2000 ng/mL, at least about 2250 ng/mL, or at least about 2500 ng/mL.
  • Particular embodiments herein provide pharmaceutical formulations (e.g., immediate release oral formulations and/or formulations that release the API substantially in the stomach) comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 that achieve a particular time to maximum plasma concentration (“Tmax”) in the subject to which the formulation is orally administered. Particular embodiments provide oral formulations that achieve a Tmax of the cytidine analog of less than about 10 min., less than about 15 min., less than about 20 min., less than about 25 min., less than about 30 min., less than about 35 min., less than about 40 min., less than about 45 min., less than about 50 min., less than about 55 min., less than about 60 min., less than about 65 min., less than about 70 min., less than about 75 min., less than about 80 min., less than about 85 min., less than about 90 min., less than about 95 min., less than about 100 min., less than about 105 min., less than about 110 min., less than about 115 min., less than about 120 min., less than about 130 min., less than about 140 min., less than about 150 min., less than about 160 min., less than about 170 min., less than about 180 min., less than about 190 min., less than about 200 min., less than about 210 min., less than about 220 min., less than about 230 min., or less than about 240 min. In particular embodiments, the Tmax value is measured from the time at which the formulation is orally administered.
  • Particular embodiments herein provide oral dosage forms comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 wherein the oral dosage forms have an enteric coating. Particular embodiments provide a permeable or partly permeable (e.g., “leaky”) enteric coating with pores. In particular embodiments, the permeable or partly permeable enteric-coated tablet releases COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in an immediate release manner substantially in the stomach.
  • Provided herein are dosage forms designed to maximize the absorption and/or efficacious delivery of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2, upon oral administration, e.g., for release substantially in the stomach. Accordingly, certain embodiments herein provide a solid oral dosage form of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 using pharmaceutical excipients designed for immediate release of the API upon oral administration, e.g., substantially in the stomach. Particular immediate release formulations comprise a specific amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and optionally one or more excipients. In certain embodiments, the formulation may be an immediate release tablet or an immediate release capsule (such as, e.g., an HPMC capsule).
  • Provided herein are methods of making the formulations provided herein comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 provided herein (e.g., immediate release oral formulations and/or formulations that release the API substantially in the stomach). In particular embodiments, the formulations provided herein may be prepared using conventional methods known to those skilled in the field of pharmaceutical formulation, as described, e.g., in pertinent textbooks. See, e.g., REMINGTON, THE SCIENCE AND PRACTICE OF PHARMACY, 20th Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (2000); ANSEL et al., PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORMS AND DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS, 7th Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (1999); GIBSON, PHARMACEUTICAL PREFORMULATION AND FORMULATION, CRC Press (2001).
  • In particular embodiments, formulations provided herein (e.g., immediate release oral formulations, formulations that release the API substantially in the stomach, or rapidly disintegrating formulations that dissolve substantially in the mouth) comprise COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in a specific amount. In particular embodiments, the specific amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in the formulation is, e.g., about 10 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 20 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 40 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 60 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 80 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 100 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 120 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 140 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 160 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 180 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 200 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 220 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 240 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 260 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 280 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 300 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 320 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 340 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 360 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 380 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 400 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 420 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 440 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 460 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 480 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 600 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 700 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 800 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 900 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1000 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1100 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1200 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1300 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1400 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1500 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1600 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1700 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1800 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 1900 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2000 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2100 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2200 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2300 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2400 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 2500 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 3000 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 4000 mg. In one embodiment, the specific amount is about 5000 mg.
  • In certain embodiments, the formulation is a tablet, wherein the tablet is manufactured using standard, art-recognized tablet processing procedures and equipment. In certain embodiments, the method for forming the tablets is direct compression of a powdered, crystalline and/or granular composition comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 alone or in combination with one or more excipients, such as, for example, carriers, additives, polymers, or the like. In certain embodiments, as an alternative to direct compression, the tablets may be prepared using wet granulation or dry granulation processes. In certain embodiments, the tablets are molded rather than compressed, starting with a moist or otherwise tractable material. In certain embodiments, compression and granulation techniques are used.
  • In certain embodiments, the formulation is a capsule, wherein the capsules may be manufactured using standard, art-recognized capsule processing procedures and equipments. In certain embodiments, soft gelatin capsules may be prepared in which the capsules contain a mixture of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and vegetable oil or non-aqueous, water miscible materials such as, for example, polyethylene glycol and the like. In certain embodiments, hard gelatin capsules may be prepared containing granules of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in combination with a solid pulverulent carrier, such as, for example, lactose, saccharose, sorbitol, mannitol, potato starch, corn starch, amylopectin, cellulose derivatives, or gelatin. In certain embodiments, a hard gelatin capsule shell may be prepared from a capsule composition comprising gelatin and a small amount of plasticizer such as glycerol. In certain embodiments, as an alternative to gelatin, the capsule shell may be made of a carbohydrate material. In certain embodiments, the capsule composition may additionally include polymers, colorings, flavorings and opacifiers as required. In certain embodiments, the capsule comprises HPMC.
  • In certain embodiments, the formulation of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is prepared using aqueous solvents without causing significant hydrolytic degradation of the compounds. In particular embodiments, the formulation of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is a tablet which contains a coating applied to the drug core using aqueous solvents without causing significant hydrolytic degradation of the compound in the formulation. In certain embodiments, water is employed as the solvent for coating the drug core. In certain embodiments, the oral dosage form of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is a tablet containing a film coat applied to the drug core using aqueous solvents. In particular embodiments, water is employed as the solvent for film-coating. In particular embodiments, the tablet containing COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is film-coated using aqueous solvents without effecting degradation of the pharmaceutical composition. In particular embodiments, water is used as the film coating solvent without effecting degradation of the pharmaceutical composition. In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and an aqueous film coating effects immediate drug release upon oral delivery. In certain embodiments, the oral dosage form comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and an aqueous film coating effects controlled drug release to the upper gastrointestinal tract, e.g., the stomach, upon oral administration. In particular embodiments, a tablet with an aqueous-based film coating comprises COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 as the API.
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein is a controlled release pharmaceutical formulation for oral administration of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 substantially in the stomach, comprising: a) a specific amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2; b) a drug release controlling component for controlling the release of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 substantially in the upper gastrointestinal tract, e.g., the stomach; and c) optionally one or more excipients. In certain embodiments, the oral dosage form comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is prepared as a controlled release tablet or capsule which includes a drug core comprising the pharmaceutical composition and optional excipients. Optionally, a “seal coat” or “shell” is applied. In certain embodiments, a formulation provided herein comprising COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 provided herein is a controlled release tablet or capsule, which comprises a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2, a drug release controlling component that controls the release of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 substantially in the stomach upon oral administration, and optionally, one or more excipients.
  • Particular embodiments provide a drug release controlling component that is a polymer matrix, which swells upon exposure to gastric fluid to effect the gastric retention of the formulation and the sustained release of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 from the polymer matrix substantially in the stomach. In certain embodiments, such formulations may be prepared by incorporating COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 into a suitable polymeric matrix during formulation. Examples of such formulations are known in the art. See, e.g., Shell et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2002/0051820 (application Ser. No. 9/990,061); Shell et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0039688 (application Ser. No. 10/045,823); Gusler et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0104053 (application Ser. No. 10/029,134), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • In certain embodiments, the drug release controlling component may comprise a shell surrounding the drug-containing core, wherein the shell releases COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 from the core by, e.g., permitting diffusion of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 from the core and promoting gastric retention of the formulation by swelling upon exposure to gastric fluids to a size that is retained in the stomach. In certain embodiments, such formulations may be prepared by first compressing a mixture of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and one or more excipients to form a drug core, and compressing another powdered mixture over the drug core to form the shell, or enclosing the drug core with a capsule shell made of suitable materials. Examples of such formulations are known in the art. See, e.g., Berner et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0104062 application Ser. No. 10/213,823), incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulations provided herein contain COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and, optionally, one or more excipients to form a “drug core.” Optional excipients include, e.g., diluents (bulking agents), lubricants, disintegrants, fillers, stabilizers, surfactants, preservatives, coloring agents, flavoring agents, binding agents, excipient supports, glidants, permeation enhancement excipients, plasticizers and the like, e.g., as known in the art. It will be understood by those in the art that some substances serve more than one purpose in a pharmaceutical composition. For instance, some substances are binders that help hold a tablet together after compression, yet are also disintegrants that help break the tablet apart once it reaches the target delivery site. Selection of excipients and amounts to use may be readily determined by the formulation scientist based upon experience and consideration of standard procedures and reference works available in the art.
  • In certain embodiments, formulations provided herein comprise one or more binders. Binders may be used, e.g., to impart cohesive qualities to a tablet, and thus ensure that the tablet remains intact after compression. Suitable binders include, but are not limited to, starch (including corn starch and pregelatinized starch), gelatin, sugars (including sucrose, glucose, dextrose and lactose), polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, waxes, and natural and synthetic gums, e.g., acacia sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulosic polymers (including hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and the like), veegum, carbomer (e.g., carbopol), sodium, dextrin, guar gum, hydrogenated vegetable oil, magnesium aluminum silicate, maltodextrin, polymethacrylates, povidone (e.g., KOLLIDON, PLASDONE), microcrystalline cellulose, among others. Binding agents also include, e.g., acacia, agar, alginic acid, cabomers, carrageenan, cellulose acetate phthalate, ceratonia, chitosan, confectioner's sugar, copovidone, dextrates, dextrin, dextrose, ethylcellulose, gelatin, glyceryl behenate, guar gum, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl starch, hypromellose, inulin, lactose, magnesium aluminum silicate, maltodextrin, maltose, methylcellulose, poloxamer, polycarbophil, polydextrose, polyethylene oxide, polymethylacrylates, povidone, sodium alginate, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, starch, pregelatinized starch, stearic acid, sucrose, and zein. The binding agent can be, relative to the drug core, in the amount of about 2% w/w of the drug core; about 4% w/w of the drug core, about 6% w/w of the drug core, about 8% w/w of the drug core, about 10% w/w of the drug core, about 12% w/w of the drug core, about 14% w/w of the drug core, about 16% w/w of the drug core, about 18% w/w of the drug core, about 20% w/w of the drug core, about 22% w/w of the drug core, about 24% w/w of the drug core, about 26% w/w of the drug core, about 28% w/w of the drug core, about 30% w/w of the drug core, about 32% w/w of the drug core, about 34% w/w of the drug core, about 36% w/w of the drug core, about 38% w/w of the drug core, about 40% w/w of the drug core, about 42% w/w of the drug core, about 44% w/w of the drug core, about 46% w/w of the drug core, about 48% w/w of the drug core, about 50% w/w of the drug core, about 52% w/w of the drug core, about 54% w/w of the drug core, about 56% w/w of the drug core, about 58% w/w of the drug core, about 60% w/w of the drug core, about 62% w/w of the drug core, about 64% w/w of the drug core, about 66% w/w of the drug core; about 68% w/w of the drug core, about 70% w/w of the drug core, about 72% w/w of the drug core, about 74% w/w of the drug core, about 76% w/w of the drug core, about 78% w/w of the drug core, about 80% w/w of the drug core, about 82% w/w of the drug core, about 84% w/w of the drug core, about 86% w/w of the drug core, about 88% w/w of the drug core, about 90% w/w of the drug core, about 92% w/w of the drug core, about 94% w/w of the drug core, about 96% w/w of the drug core, about 98% w/w of the drug core, or more, if determined to be appropriate. In certain embodiments, a suitable amount of a particular binder is determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • In certain embodiments, formulations provided herein comprise one or more diluents. Diluents may be used, e.g., to increase bulk so that a practical size tablet is ultimately provided. Suitable diluents include dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, lactose, cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sodium chloride, dry starch, microcrystalline cellulose (e.g., AVICEL), microtine cellulose, pregelitinized starch, calcium carbonate, calcium sulfate, sugar, dextrates, dextrin, dextrose, dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate, tribasic calcium phosphate, kaolin, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, maltodextrin, mannitol, polymethacrylates (e.g., EUDRAGIT), potassium chloride, sodium chloride, sorbitol and talc, among others. Diluents also include, e.g., ammonium alginate, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, cellulose acetate, compressible sugar, confectioner's sugar, dextrates, dextrin, dextrose, erythritol, ethylcellulose, fructose, fumaric acid, glyceryl palmitostearate, isomalt, kaolin, lacitol, lactose, mannitol, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, maltodextrin, maltose, medium-chain triglycerides, microcrystalline cellulose, microcrystalline silicified cellulose, powered cellulose, polydextrose, polymethylacrylates, simethicone, sodium alginate, sodium chloride, sorbitol, starch, pregelatinized starch, sucrose, sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin, talc, tragacanth, trehalose, and xylitol. Diluents may be used in amounts calculated to obtain a desired volume for a tablet or capsule; in certain embodiments, a diluent is used in an amount of about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 22% or more, about 24% or more, about 26% or more, about 28% or more, about 30% or more, about 32% or more, about 34% or more, about 36% or more, about 38% or more, about 40% or more, about 42% or more, about 44% or more, about 46% or more, about 48% or more, about 50% or more, about 52% or more, about 54% or more, about 56% or more, about 58% or more, about 60% or more, about 62% or more, about 64% or more, about 68% or more, about 70% ore more, about 72% or more, about 74% or more, about 76% or more, about 78% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, or about 95% or more, weight/weight, of a drug core; between about 10% and about 90% w/w of the drug core; between about 20% and about 80% w/w of the drug core; between about 30% and about 70% w/w of the drug core; between about 40% and about 60% w/w of the drug core. In certain embodiments, a suitable amount of a particular diluent is determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • In certain embodiments, formulations provided herein comprise one or more lubricants. Lubricants may be used, e.g., to facilitate tablet manufacture; examples of suitable lubricants include, for example, vegetable oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and oil of theobroma, glycerin, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, and stearic acid. In certain embodiments, stearates, if present, represent no more than approximately 2 weight % of the drug-containing core. Further examples of lubricants include, e.g., calcium stearate, glycerin monostearate, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, magnesium stearate, myristic acid, palmitic acid, poloxamer, polyethylene glycol, potassium benzoate, sodium benzoate, sodium chloride, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium stearyl fumarate, stearic acid, talc, and zinc stearate. In particular embodiments, the lubricant is magnesium stearate. In certain embodiments, the lubricant is present, relative to the drug core, in an amount of about 0.2% w/w of the drug core, about 0.4% w/w of the drug core, about 0.6% w/w of the drug core, about 0.8% w/w of the drug core, about 1.0% w/w of the drug core, about 1.2% w/w of the drug core, about 1.4% w/w of the drug core, about 1.6% w/w of the drug core, about 1.8% w/w of the drug core, about 2.0% w/w of the drug core, about 2.2% w/w of the drug core, about 2.4% w/w of the drug core, about 2.6% w/w of the drug core, about 2.8% w/w of the drug core, about 3.0% w/w of the drug core, about 3.5% w/w of the drug core, about 4% w/w of the drug core, about 4.5% w/w of the drug core, about 5% w/w of the drug core, about 6% w/w of the drug core, about 7% w/w of the drug core, about 8% w/w of the drug core, about 10% w/w of the drug core, about 12% w/w of the drug core, about 14% w/w of the drug core, about 16% w/w of the drug core, about 18% w/w of the drug core, about 20% w/w of the drug core, about 25% w/w of the drug core, about 30% w/w of the drug core, about 35% w/w of the drug core, about 40% w/w of the drug core, between about 0.2% and about 10% w/w of the drug core, between about 0.5% and about 5% w/w of the drug core, or between about 1% and about 3% w/w of the drug core. In certain embodiments, a suitable amount of a particular lubricant is determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • In certain embodiments, formulations provided herein comprise one or more disintegrants. Disintegrants may be used, e.g., to facilitate disintegration of the tablet, and may be, e.g., starches, clays, celluloses, algins, gums or crosslinked polymers. Disintegrants also include, e.g., alginic acid, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium (e.g., AC-DI-SOL, PRIMELLOSE), colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone (e.g., KOLLIDON, POLYPLASDONE), guar gum, magnesium aluminum silicate, methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, polacrilin potassium, powdered cellulose, pregelatinized starch, sodium alginate, sodium starch glycolate (e.g., EXPLOTAB) and starch. Additional disintegrants include, e.g., calcium alginate, chitosan, sodium docusate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and povidone. In certain embodiments, the disintegrant is, relative to the drug core, present in the amount of about 1% w/w of the drug core, about 2% w/w of the drug core, about 3% w/w of the drug core, about 4% w/w of the drug core, about 5% w/w of the drug core, about 6% w/w of the drug core, about 7% w/w of the drug core, about 8% w/w of the drug core, about 9% w/w of the drug core, about 10% w/w of the drug core, about 12% w/w of the drug core, about 14% w/w of the drug core, about 16% w/w of the drug core, about 18% w/w of the drug core, about 20% w/w of the drug core, about 22% w/w of the drug core, about 24% w/w of the drug core, about 26% w/w of the drug core, about 28% w/w of the drug core, about 30% w/w of the drug core, about 32% w/w of the drug core, greater than about 32% w/w of the drug core, between about 1% and about 10% w/w of the drug core, between about 2% and about 8% w/w of the drug core, between about 3% and about 7% w/w of the drug core, or between about 4% and about 6% w/w of the drug core. In certain embodiments, a suitable amount of a particular disintegrant is determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • In certain embodiments, formulations provided herein comprise one or more stabilizers. Stabilizers (also called absorption enhancers) may be used, e.g., to inhibit or retard drug decomposition reactions that include, by way of example, oxidative reactions. Stabilizing agents include, e.g., d-Alpha-tocopheryl polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate (Vitamin E TPGS), acacia, albumin, alginic acid, aluminum stearate, ammonium alginate, ascorbic acid, ascorbyl palmitate, bentonite, butylated hydroxytoluene, calcium alginate, calcium stearate, calcium carboxymethylcellulose, carrageenan, ceratonia, colloidal silicon dioxide, cyclodextrins, diethanolamine, edetates, ethylcellulose, ethyleneglycol palmitostearate, glycerin monostearate, guar gum, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hypromellose, invert sugar, lecithin, magnesium aluminum silicate, monoethanolamine, pectin, poloxamer, polyvinyl alcohol, potassium alginate, potassium polacrilin, povidone, propyl gallate, propylene glycol, propylene glycol alginate, raffinose, sodium acetate, sodium alginate, sodium borate, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium stearyl fumarate, sorbitol, stearyl alcohol, sufobutyl-b-cyclodextrin, trehalose, white wax, xanthan gum, xylitol, yellow wax, and zinc acetate. In certain embodiments, the stabilizer is, relative to the drug core, present in the amount of about 1% w/w of the drug core, about 2% w/w of the drug core, about 3% w/w of the drug core, about 4% w/w of the drug core, about 5% w/w of the drug core, about 6% w/w of the drug core, about 7% w/w of the drug core, about 8% w/w of the drug core, about 9% w/w of the drug core, about 10% w/w of the drug core, about 12% w/w of the drug core, about 14% w/w of the drug core, about 16% w/w of the drug core, about 18% w/w of the drug core, about 20% w/w of the drug core, about 22% w/w of the drug core, about 24% w/w of the drug core, about 26% w/w of the drug core, about 28% w/w of the drug core, about 30% w/w of the drug core, about 32% w/w of the drug core, between about 1% and about 10% w/w of the drug core, between about 2% and about 8% w/w of the drug core, between about 3% and about 7% w/w of the drug core, or between about 4% and about 6% w/w of the drug core. In certain embodiments, a suitable amount of a particular stabilizer is determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • In certain embodiments, formulations provided herein comprise one or more glidants. Glidants may be used, e.g., to improve the flow properties of a powder composition or granulate or to improve the accuracy of dosing. Excipients that may function as glidants include, e.g., colloidal silicon dioxide, magnesium trisilicate, powdered cellulose, starch, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium silicate, powdered cellulose, colloidal silicon dioxide, magnesium silicate, magnesium trisilicate, silicon dioxide, starch, tribasic calcium phosphate, and talc. In certain embodiments, the glidant is, relative to the drug core, present in the amount of less than about 1% w/w of the drug core, about 1% w/w of the drug core, about 2% w/w of the drug core, about 3% w/w of the drug core, about 4% w/w of the drug core, about 5% w/w of the drug core, about 6% w/w of the drug core, about 7% w/w of the drug core, about 8% w/w of the drug core, about 9% w/w of the drug core, about 10% w/w of the drug core, about 12% w/w of the drug core, about 14% w/w of the drug core, about 16% w/w of the drug core, about 18% w/w of the drug core, about 20% w/w of the drug core, about 22% w/w of the drug core, about 24% w/w of the drug core, about 26% w/w of the drug core, about 28% w/w of the drug core, about 30% w/w of the drug core, about 32% w/w of the drug core, between about 1% and about 10% w/w of the drug core, between about 2% and about 8% w/w of the drug core, between about 3% and about 7% w/w of the drug core, or between about 4% and about 6% w/w of the drug core. In certain embodiments, a suitable amount of a particular glidant is determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir, preferably by oral administration or administration by injection. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions may contain any conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles. In some cases, the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
  • In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents (such as, for example, Tween 80) and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are mannitol, water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, or carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms such as emulsions and or suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants such as Tweens or Spans and/or other similar emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
  • In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These compositions can be prepared by mixing a compound of one aspect of this invention with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at room temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the active components. Such materials include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
  • Topical administration of the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein is useful when the desired treatment involves areas or organs readily accessible by topical application. For application topically to the skin, the pharmaceutical composition should be formulated with a suitable ointment containing the active components suspended or dissolved in a carrier. Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of one aspect of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petroleum, white petroleum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical composition can be formulated with a suitable lotion or cream containing the active compound suspended or dissolved in a carrier with suitable emulsifying agents. Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water. The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may also be topically applied to the lower intestinal tract by rectal suppository formulation or in a suitable enema formulation. Topically-transdermal patches are also included herein.
  • In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art.
  • In one embodiment, the compositions provided herein can, for example, be administered by injection, intravenously, intraarterially, subdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, or subcutaneously; or orally, buccally, nasally, transmucosally, topically, in an ophthalmic preparation, or by inhalation, with a dosage ranging from about 0.5 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight, alternatively dosages between 1 mg and 1000 mg/dose, every 4 to 120 hours, or according to the requirements of the particular drug. The methods herein contemplate administration of an effective amount of compound or compound composition to achieve the desired or stated effect. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are administered from about 1 to about 6 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form varies depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. A typical preparation contains from about 5% to about 95% active compound (w/w). Alternatively, such preparations contain from about 20% to about 80% active compound.
  • Lower or higher doses than those recited above may be required. Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular subject depends upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity and course of the disease, condition or symptoms, the subject's disposition to the disease, condition or symptoms, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • Upon improvement of a subject's condition, a maintenance dose of a compound, composition or combination provided herein may be administered, if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or frequency of administration, or both, may be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved condition is retained when the symptoms have been alleviated to the desired level. Subjects may, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of disease symptoms.
  • Solid Dispersions of Compound 2
  • In certain embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered in compositions, comprising COMPOUND 2, and one or more polymer(s) as part of a solid dispersion (e.g., an amorphous solid dispersion). In some embodiments, the solid dispersion comprises COMPOUND 2, and one or more polymer(s). In some embodiments, the solid dispersion comprises COMPOUND 2, one or more polymer(s), and one or more surfactant(s). In some embodiments, the solid dispersion comprises COMPOUND 2, and one polymer. In some embodiments, the solid dispersion comprises COMPOUND 2, one polymer, and a surfactant.
  • In certain embodiment, the solid dispersions provided herein, comprising COMPOUND 2, enhance the solubility of COMPOUND 2 relative to a neat crystalline form of COMPOUND 2 (e.g., Form 1 or Form 2), and thus provide improved exposure upon oral dosing of the solid dispersion to a subject. In one embodiment, the solid dispersion comprises COMPOUND 2, one or more polymer(s), and optionally one or more solubility enhancing surfactant.
  • For example, the aqueous solubility of Form 1 is about 0.025 mg/mL to about 0.035 mg/mL and the aqueous solubility of Form 2 is about 0.008 mg/mL to about 0.010 mg/mL.
  • Form 2 has a solubility of about 0.018 mg/mL in fasted state simulated intestinal fluid (FASSIF) at a pH of 6.1 at 4 hours. In comparison, amorphous spray-dried dispersions have a solubility of about 0.05 mg/mL to about 0.50 mg/mL in FASSIF at 3 hours.
  • In some embodiments, the solid dispersion exhibits at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, or at least about 90% higher exposure of COMPOUND 2, when administered to a subject as compared to administration of in-situ amorphous COMPOUND 2. In some embodiments, the solid dispersion exhibits at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, or at least about 90% higher exposure of COMPOUND 2, when administered to a subject as compared to administration of neat crystalline COMPOUND 2.
  • In rat and monkey pharmacokinetics studies, modest exposure improvement is observed upon administration of solid dispersion oral dosage forms as compared to in-situ amorphous dosing shows. For example, a solid dispersion containing 50% w/w COMPOUND 2 and 50% w/w Polyvinyl Acetate Phthalate (PVAP) has approximately two-fold higher exposure as compared to in-situ amorphous COMPOUND 2 in male Sprague Dawley rats. There is no significant difference in exposure between a solid dispersion containing 70% w/w COMPOUND 2 and 30% w/w oral dosage form as compared to in-situ amorphous COMPOUND 2. In male cynomolgus monkeys, the exposure of a solid dispersion containing 50% w/w COMPOUND 2 and 50% w/w hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate, also known as hpromellose acetate succinate, (HPMCAS) shows no significant difference as compared to the in-situ amorphous COMPOUND 2. Similarly, a solid dispersion containing 50% w/w COMPOUND 2 and 50% w/w hydroxypropylmethylcellulose also known as hypromellose phthalate (HPMC-Phthalate) shows no significant difference as compared to the in-situ amorphous COMPOUND 2. While in-situ amorphous therapeutic compounds are commonly used for dosing in animal studies, they are not suitable dosage forms for dosing in humans.
  • As described in the rat pharmacokinetics study of Example 4, COMPOUND 2 exposure is improved when solid dispersion dosage forms are administered as compared to neat crystalline COMPOUND 2 Form 2.
  • In some embodiments, at least a portion of COMPOUND 2, in the solid dispersion is in the amorphous state (e.g., at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%). In other embodiments, the solid dispersion is substantially free of crystalline COMPOUND 2.
  • In some embodiments, the composition is an amorphous solid (e.g. spray dried) dispersion comprising COMPOUND 2, and a polymer. The amorphous solid dispersion can include, e.g., less than about 30%, less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2%, or less than about 1% of crystalline COMPOUND 2, e.g., be substantially free of crystalline COMPOUND 2.
  • In one embodiment, the solid dispersion exhibits a predetermined level of physical and/or chemical stability. E.g., the solid dispersion retains about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98%, or about 99%, of amorphous COMPOUND 2, when stored at 25° C. in a closed water tight container, e.g., an amber glass vial, high density polyethylene (HDPE) container or double polyethylene bags with twisted nylon tie placed in an HDPE container with desiccant.
  • In some embodiments, the polymer increases the chemical or physical stability (e.g., as measured by a Modulated Differential Scanning calorimeter) of COMPOUND 2, when stored (e.g., at 2-8° C., e.g. 4° C. or at room temperature) by at least about 10% (e.g., by at least about 20%, by at least about 30%, by at least about 40%, by at least about 50%, by at least about 60%, by at least about 70%, by at least about 80%, or by at least about 90%) compared to amorphous COMPOUND 2, without being in the presence of the polymer.
  • A solid dispersion generally exhibits a glass transition temperature, where the dispersion makes a transition from a glassy solid to a rubbery composition. In general, the higher the glass transition temperature, the greater the physical stability of the dispersion. The existence of a glass transition temperature generally indicates that at least a large portion of the composition (e.g., dispersion) is in an amorphous state. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of a solid dispersion suitable for pharmaceutical applications is generally at least about 50° C. In some embodiments, higher temperatures are preferred. Therefore, in some embodiments, a solid dispersion disclosed herein has a Tg of at least about 100° C. (e.g., at least about 100° C., at least about 105° C., at least about 110° C., at least about 115° C., at least about 120° C., at least about 125° C., at least about 130° C., at least about 135° C., at least about 140° C., at least about 150° C., at least about 160° C., at least about 170° C., at least about 175° C., at least about 180° C., or at least about 190° C.). In some embodiments, the Tg is up to about 200° C. In some embodiments, the Tg is up to about 130° C. (e.g., at least about 110° C., at least about 111° C., at least about 112° C., at least about 113° C., at least about 114° C., at least about 115° C., at least about 116° C., at least about 117° C., at least about 118° C., at least about 119° C., at least about 120° C., at least about 121° C., at least about 122° C., at least about 123° C., at least about 124° C., at least about 125° C., at least about 1216° C., at least about 127° C., at least about 128° C., at least about 129° C., or at least about 130° C.). Unless otherwise noted, the glass transition temperatures disclosed herein are measured under dry conditions.
  • In some embodiments the solid dispersion has a higher glass transition temperature than the glass transition temperature of amorphous COMPOUND 2, without being in the presence of the polymer(s). In some embodiments, the solid dispersion has a relaxation rate that is lower than the relaxation rate of amorphous COMPOUND 2, without being in the presence of the polymer(s).
  • Examples of polymers in the solid dispersion include cellulose derivatives (e.g., hydroxypropylmethylcellulose also known as hypromellose, (HPMC), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, also known as hypromellose phthalate (HPMCP), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate, also known as hpromellose acetate succinate, (HPMCAS), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC)), ethylcellulose, or cellulose acetate phthalate; polyvinylpyrrolidones (PVP); polyethylene glycols (PEG); polyvinyl alcohols (PVA); polyvinyl esters, such as Polyvinyl Acetate Phthalate (PVAP); acrylates, such as polymethacrylate (e.g., Eudragit® E); cyclodextrins (e.g., .beta.-cyclodextrin); Poly (D, L-lactide) (PLA), Poly (D,L-lactide, co-glycolide acid (PLGA); and copolymers and derivatives thereof, including for example polyvinylpyrollidone-vinyl acetate (PVP-VA), Polyvinyl caprolactam-polyvinyl, and acetate-polyethyleneglycol copolymer, Methylacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer; Soluplus; Copovidone; and mixtures thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the solid dispersion includes one water-soluble polymer. In some embodiments, the solid dispersion includes one partially water-soluble polymer. In some embodiments, the polymer is a cellulose polymer.
  • In some embodiments, the polymer is HPMCAS (e.g., HPMCAS of different grades: HPMCAS-M, HPMCAS-MG or HPMCAS-HG). In some embodiments, the polymer is PVAP. In some embodiments, the polymer is HPMC (e.g., HPMC of different grades: HMPC60SH50, HPMCE50 or HPMCE15). In some embodiments, the polymer is HPMCP (e.g., HPMCP of different grades: e.g., HMPCP-HP55).
  • In some embodiments, the polymer is a pH-dependent enteric polymer. Such pH-dependent enteric polymers include, but are not limited to, cellulose derivatives (e.g., cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP)), HPMCP, HPMCAS, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) or a salt thereof (e.g., a sodium salt such as (CMC-Na)); cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), hydroxypropylcellulose acetate phthalate (HPCAP), hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose acetate phthalate (HPMCAP), and methylcellulose acetate phthalate (MCAP), polymethacrylates (e.g., Eudragit S), or mixtures thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the polymer is hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate, also known as hypromellose acetate succinate, (HPMCAS), e.g., HMPCAS-HG.
  • In another embodiment, the polymer(s) is an insoluble cross-linked polymer, for example a polyvinylpyrrolidone (e.g., Crospovidone). In another embodiment, the polymer(s) is polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).
  • In some embodiments, the one or more polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of between about 10% w/w and 90% w/w (e.g., between about 20% w/w and about 80% w/w; between about 30% w/w and about 70% w/w; between about 40% w/w and about 60% w/w; or between about 15% w/w and about 35% w/w). In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 10% w/w to about 80% w/w, for example from about 30% w/w to about 75% w/w, or from about 40% w/w to about 65% w/w, or from about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w, for example, about 46% w/w, about 47% w/w, about 48% w/w, about 49% w/w, about 50% w/w, about 51% w/w, about 52% w/w, about 53% w/w, or about 54% w/w. In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 48% w/w, about 48.5% w/w, about 49% w/w, about 49.5% w/w, about 50% w/w, about 50.5% w/w, about 51% w/w, about 51.5% w/w, about 52% w/w, or about 52.5% w/w.
  • In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 30% w/w to about 70% w/w. In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 35% w/w to about 65% w/w. In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 40% w/w to about 60% w/w. In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w. In some embodiments, the polymer(s) is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 50% w/w.
  • In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 10% w/w and 90% w/w (e.g., between about 20% w/w and about 80% w/w; between about 30% w/w and about 70% w/w; between about 40% w/w and about 60% w/w; or between about 15% w/w and about 35% w/w). In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 10% w/w to about 80% w/w, for example from about 30% w/w to about 75% w/w, or from about 40% w/w to about 65% w/w, or from about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w, for example, about 46% w/w, about 47% w/w, about 48% w/w, about 49% w/w, about 50% w/w, about 51% w/w, about 52% w/w, about 53% w/w, or about 54% w/w. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 48% w/w, about 48.5% w/w, about 49% w/w, about 49.5% w/w, about 50% w/w, about 50.5% w/w, about 51% w/w, about 51.5% w/w, about 52% w/w, or about 52.5% w/w.
  • In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 30% w/w to about 70% w/w. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 35% w/w to about 65% w/w. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 40% w/w to about 60% w/w. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w. In some embodiments, COMPOUND 2, is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 50% w/w.
  • In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 20% w/w to about 80% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 20% w/w to about 80% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 25% w/w to about 75% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 25% w/w to about 75% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 30% w/w to about 70% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 30% w/w to about 70% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 35% w/w to about 65% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 35% w/w to about 65% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 40% w/w to about 60% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 40% w/w to about 60% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 45% w/w to about 55% of polymer(s). In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 50% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 50% w/w of polymer(s).
  • In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 45% w/w to about 55% w/w HPMCAS (e.g., HPMCAS-MG or HPMCAS-HG, or other grades such as LF, MF, HF, or LG) or PVAP. In another embodiment, the solid dispersion includes about 50% w/w COMPOUND 2, and about 50% w/w of HPMCAS.
  • In some embodiments, the solid dispersion also includes a surfactant or inert pharmaceutically acceptable substance. Examples of surfactants in the solid dispersion include sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), vitamin E or a derivative thereof (e.g., vitamin E TPGS), Docusate Sodium, sodium dodecyl sulfate, polysorbates (such as Tween 20 and Tween 80), poloxamers (such as Poloxamer 335 and Poloxamer 407), glyceryl monooleate, Span 65, Span 25, Capryol 90, pluronic copolymers (e.g., Pluronic F108, Pluronic P-123), and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the surfactant is SLS. In some embodiments, the surfactant is vitamin E or a derivative thereof (e.g., vitamin E TPGS).
  • In some embodiments, the surfactant is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of from about 0.1% w/w to about 10% w/w, for example from about 0.5% w/w to about 2% w/w, or from about 1% w/w to about 3% w/w, from about 1% w/w to about 4% w/w, or from about 1% w/w to about 5% w/w. In some embodiments, the surfactant is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 0.1% w/w, about 0.2% w/w, about 0.3% w/w, about 0.4% w/w, about 0.5% w/w, about 0.6% w/w, about 0.7% w/w, about 0.8% w/w, about 0.9% w/w, or about 1% w/w. In some embodiments, the surfactant is present in the solid dispersion in an amount of about 0.5% w/w, about 1% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 2% w/w, about 2.5% w/w, about 3% w/w, about 3.5% w/w, about 4% w/w, about 4.5% w/w, or about 5% w/w.
  • Processes for Preparing Solid Dispersions
  • In some embodiments, the solid dispersion may be prepared according to a process described herein. In general, methods that could be used include those that involve rapid removal of solvent or solvent mixture from a mixture or cooling a molten sample. Such methods include, but are not limited to, rotational evaporation, freeze-drying (i.e., lyophilization), vacuum drying, melt congealing, and melt extrusion. One embodiment of this disclosure involves solid dispersion obtained by spray-drying. In one embodiment, the product obtained by spray drying is dried to remove the solvent or solvent mixture.
  • Preparations disclosed herein, e.g., a pharmaceutical composition, can be obtained by spray-drying a mixture comprising COMPOUND 2, one or more polymer(s), and an appropriate solvent or solvent mixture. Spray drying involves atomization of a liquid mixture containing, e.g., a solid and a solvent or solvent mixture, and removal of the solvent or solvent mixture. The solvent or solvent mixture can also contain a nonvolatile solvent, such as glacial acetic acid. Atomization may be done, for example, through a two-fluid or pressure or electrosonic nozzle or on a rotating disk.
  • Spray drying converts a liquid feed to a dried particulate form. Spray drying generally involves the atomization of a liquid feed solution into a spray of droplets and contacting the droplets with hot air or gas in a drying chamber. The sprays are generally produced by either rotary (wheel) or nozzle atomizers. Evaporation of moisture from the droplets and formation of dry particles proceed under controlled temperature and airflow conditions.
  • Optionally, a secondary drying process such as fluidized bed drying or vacuum drying, may be used to reduce residual solvents (and other additives, such as glacial acetic acid) to pharmaceutically acceptable levels. Typically, spray-drying involves contacting a highly dispersed liquid suspension or solution (e.g., atomized solution), and a sufficient volume of hot air or gas (e.g., nitrogen, e.g., pure nitrogen) to produce evaporation and drying of the liquid droplets. The preparation to be spray dried can be any solution, coarse suspension, slurry, colloidal dispersion, or paste that may be atomized using the selected spray-drying apparatus. In a standard procedure, the preparation is sprayed into a current of warm filtered air (or into gas, e.g., nitrogen) that evaporates the solvent and conveys the dried product to a collector (e.g., a cyclone). The spent air or gas is then exhausted with the solvent (or solvent mixture including any additives such as glacial acetic acid), (e.g., then filtered) or alternatively the spent air or gas is sent to a condenser to capture and potentially recycle the solvent or solvent mixture. For example, if a gas (e.g., nitrogen) is used, the gas is then optionally recycled, heated again and returned to the unit in a closed loop system. Commercially available types of apparatus may be used to conduct the spray-drying. For example, commercial spray dryers are manufactured by Buchi Ltd. and Niro (e.g., the PSD line of spray driers manufactured by Niro).
  • Spray-drying typically employs solids loads of material from about 1% to about 30% or up to about 50% (i.e., therapeutically active compound plus and excipients), preferably at least about 10%. In some embodiments, solids loads of less than 10% may result in poor yields and unacceptably long run-times. In general, the upper limit of solids loads is governed by the viscosity of (e.g., the ability to pump) the resulting solution and the solubility of the components in the solution. Generally, the viscosity of the solution can determine the size of the particle in the resulting powder product.
  • Techniques and methods for spray-drying may be found in Perry's Chemical Engineering Handbook, 6th Ed., R. H. Perry, D. W. Green & J. O. Maloney, eds., McGraw-Hill Book Co. (1984); and Marshall “Atomization and Spray-Drying” 50, Chem. Eng. Prog. Monogr. Series 2 (1954). In general, the spray-drying is conducted with an inlet temperature of from about 40° C. to about 200° C., for example, from about 70° C. to about 150° C., preferably from about 40° C. to about 60° C., about 50° C. to about 55° C., or about 80° C. to about 110° C., e.g., about 90° C. The spray-drying is generally conducted with an outlet temperature of from about 20° C. to about 100° C., for example from about 25° C. to about 30° C. (e.g., about 26° C.), about 40° C. to about 50° C., about 50° C. to about 65° C., e.g., about 56° C. to about 58° C.
  • Removal of the solvent or solvent mixture may require a subsequent drying step, such as tray drying, fluid bed drying (e.g., from about room temperature to about 100° C.), vacuum drying, microwave drying, rotary drum drying or biconical vacuum drying (e.g., from about room temperature to about 200° C.).
  • In one embodiment, the spray-drying is fluidized spray drying (FSD). The steps in FSD can include, for example: preparing a liquid feed solution (e.g., containing COMPOUND 2, and optionally a polymer(s) and/or surfactant(s), dissolved or suspended in solvent(s)); atomizing (e.g., with a pressure nozzle, a rotary atomizer or disk, two-fluid nozzle or other atomizing methods) the feed solution upon delivery into the drying chamber of a spray dryer, e.g., operating in FSD mode; drying the feed solution in the drying chamber with heated air or a heated gas (e.g., nitrogen) to obtain a product, wherein larger particles of product separate out, e.g., drop out, while fines are carried by a stream of air or gas up to the top of the drying chamber (e.g., by natural convection) and to a cyclone, and re-introducing (e.g., at the top of the drying chamber or axially to the middle of the chamber) the fines into the drying chamber, wherein the re-introduced fines can agglomerate with newly formed product to generate an agglomerated product, wherein if the agglomerated product is large enough, it will separate out, if it is not large enough to separate out, the agglomerated product will be carried by convection to the top of the chamber and to the cyclone and re-introduced into the chamber. This process repeats until an agglomerated product that is large enough to drop out is formed. The fines can be re-introduced from the cyclone to the drying chamber via a feed pipe.
  • In some embodiments, rather than drying the feed solution with heated air or a heated gas, the feed solution can instead be spray congealed, e.g., the chamber is at room temperature (e.g., 21±4° C.) or is cooled, e.g., cooled gas (e.g., nitrogen) is used for the process.
  • FSD can further include collecting the agglomerated product in a first fluidizing chamber; which can be followed by discharging the agglomerated product from the first fluidizing chamber to a second fluidizing chamber, wherein a post-drying process can occur.
  • The agglomerated product (e.g., that separates out in the drying chamber) can then be transferred from the second fluidizing chamber to a third fluidizing chamber, where the agglomerated product is cooled. The agglomerated product (e.g., a solid dispersion of an amorphous compound) can then be further processed. For example, the product can be directly compressed. The product can optionally be blended with a surfactant, excipient, or pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, e.g., prior to direct compression. The product can optionally be further processed, e.g., milled, granulated, blended, and/or mixed with a melt granulate, surfactant, excipient, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • FSD can be performed in a commercial spray dryer operating in fluidized spray dryer mode (FSD mode). FSD can be accomplished in either open cycle mode or closed cycle mode (e.g., the drying gas, e.g., nitrogen, is recycled). Examples of suitable spray dryers for use in FSD include dryers from Niro (e.g., the PSD line of spray driers manufactured by Niro: PHARMASD™; Chemical or SD line dryers). FSD can essentially be performed in any spray dryer that is configured to allow for the re-introduction of fines into the drying chamber.
  • Additional post drying, e.g., in a vacuum or fluidized bed dryer or a double cone or biconical post-dryer or a tumble dryer, can be performed if needed/applicable to remove further solvents. In some embodiments, a post-drying step is performed.
  • To remove the solvent or solvent mixture, vacuum drying, spray drying, fluidized spray drying, tray drying, lyophilization, rotovapping, and other drying procedures may be applied. Applying any of these methods using appropriate processing parameters, according to this disclosure, would provide COMPOUND 2 in an amorphous state in the final solid dispersion product. Upon use of appropriate conditions (e.g., low outlet temperatures in the spray dryer, use of low boiling point solvents, use of heated gas) that result in a dispersion, e.g., powder, with desirable properties (e.g., median particle size (d50) of 40-200 microns 9 e.g., 40-150 microns), powder bulk density of >0.2 g/ml (e.g., 0.2 to 0.5 g/ml), or >0.25 g/ml, improved powder flowability (e.g., low cohesion forces, low interparticle internal friction); and/or dry powder with low OVIs (Organic Volatile Impurities), e.g., below ICH limits and/or user specifications), the dispersion can be directly compressed into a dosage form.
  • In some embodiments, the inlet temperature is between about 50° C. and about 200° C., e.g., between about 60° C. and about 150° C., between about 70° C. and about 100° C., between about 60° C. and about 95° C., between about 65° C. and about 85° C., between about 70° C. and about 90° C., between about 85° C. and about 95° C., or between about 70° C. and about 85° C.
  • In some embodiments, the outlet temperature is between about room temperature (e.g., USP room temperature (e.g., 21±4° C.)) and about 80° C., e.g., between about 25° C. and about 75° C., between about 30° C. and about 65° C., between about 35° C. and about 70° C., between about 40° C. and about 65° C., between about 45° C. and about 60° C., between about 35° C. and about 45° C., between about 35° C. and about 40° C., or between about 37° C. and about 40° C.
  • In some embodiments, the temperature set points of the fluidized beds (the temperature for each bed being selected independently from the temperature selected for another bed) is between about room temperature (e.g., USP room temperature (e.g., 21±4° C.)) and about 100° C., e.g., between about 30° C. and about 95° C., between about 40° C. and about 90° C., between about 50° C. and about 80° C., between about 60° C. and about 85° C., between about 65° C. and about 95° C., or between about 80° C. and about 95° C.
  • FSD can be performed on a mixture containing COMPOUND 2. For example, FSD can be performed on a mixture containing COMPOUND 2, and one or more polymer(s), and optionally one or more surfactant(s), and optionally one or more additional excipients(s)) to obtain a solid dispersion of amorphous COMPOUND 2 thereof, e.g., that can be directly compressed into an oral dosage form (e.g., tablet). Alternatively, the dispersion can be blended with one or more excipients prior to compression.
  • In one embodiment, the process for preparing a solid dispersion of COMPOUND 2 comprises:
  • a) forming a mixture of COMPOUND 2, one or more polymer(s), and one or more solvent(s); and
  • b) rapidly removing the solvent(s) from the solution to form a solid amorphous dispersion comprising COMPOUND 2 and the one or more polymer(s). The one or more polymer(s) and one or more solvent(s) may be any of those disclosed herein.
  • In some embodiments, the solvent is removed by spray drying. In some embodiments the solid dispersion is tray dried using a convection tray dryer. In some embodiments, the solid dispersion is screened.
  • In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is crystalline. In another embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is amorphous.
  • As would be appreciated by one of skill in the art, spray drying may be done and is often done in the presence of an inert gas such as nitrogen. In certain embodiments, processes that involve spray drying may be done in the presence of a supercritical fluid involving carbon dioxide or a mixture including carbon dioxide.
  • In another embodiment, the process for preparing a solid dispersion of COMPOUND 2 comprises:
  • a) forming a mixture of COMPOUND 2, a polymer, and a solvent; and
  • b) spray-drying the mixture to form a solid dispersion comprising COMPOUND 2 and the polymer.
  • Post-drying and/or polishing the wet spray dried dispersion to below ICH or given specifications for residual solvents can optionally be performed.
  • These processes may be used to prepare the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein. The amounts and the features of the components used in the processes may be as disclosed herein.
  • In some embodiments, the solvent comprises one or more volatile solvent(s) to dissolve or suspend COMPOUND 2 and the polymer(s). In some embodiments, the one or more solvent(s) completely dissolves COMPOUND 2 and the polymer(s).
  • In some embodiments, the one or more solvent(s) is a volatile solvent (e.g., methylene chloride, acetone, methanol, ethanol, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran (THF), or a mixture thereof). Examples of suitable volatile solvents include those that dissolve or suspend the therapeutically active compound either alone or in combination with another co-solvent. In some embodiments, the solvent(s) completely dissolves the therapeutically active compound. In some embodiments, the solvent is acetone. In some embodiments, the solvent is methanol.
  • In some embodiments, the solvent is a non-volatile solvent (e.g., organic acids such as glacial acetic acid, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), dimethylformamide (DMF), or water). In some embodiments, a non-volatile solvent is a component in a solvent system. For example the non-volatile solvent is present as a component in a solvent from about 1% to about 20% w/w (e.g., from about 3% w/w to about 15% w/w, from about 4% w/w to about 12% w/w, or from about 5% w/w to about 10% w/w).
  • In some embodiments, the solvent is a mixture of solvents. For example, the solvent can include from about 0% to about 30% acetone and from about 70% to about 100% methanol, or the solvent can include from about 0% to about 40% acetone and from about 60% to about 100% methanol. Other exemplary ratios of methanol to acetone include 80:20, 75:25, 70:30, 60:40, 55:45, and 50:50.
  • In some embodiments, the solvent is a combination of solvents including at least one non-volatile solvent. For example, the solvent is a combination of components that includes both a volatile solvent and a non-volatile solvent. In some embodiments, the solvent system is a combination of a volatile solvent or combination of solvents such as methanol and acetone with a non-volatile solvent such as glacial acetic acid. For example, the solvent system comprises from about 40% to about 80% methanol, from about 20% to about 35% acetone, and from about 1% to about 15% glacial acetic acid (e.g., from about 50% to about 70% methanol, from about 25% to about 30% acetone, and from about 3% to about 12% glacial acetic acid).
  • In some embodiments, the solvent system is a combination of a volatile solvent or combination of solvents such as methanol and acetone with a non-volatile solvent such as water. For example, the solvent system comprises from about 40% to about 80% methanol, from about 20% to about 35% acetone, and from about 0.1% to about 15% water (e.g., from about 50% to about 70% methanol, from about 25% to about 30% acetone, and from about 1% to about 5% water).
  • In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions of the solid dispersion may be made by a process described herein. For example, a solid dispersion of: (a) COMPOUND 2 and (b) one or more polymer(s), and optionally one or more surfactant(s) and optionally one or more additional excipient(s).
  • Pharmaceutical Compositions Containing Solid Dispersions of Compound 2
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions, comprising: (a) a solid dispersion, comprising COMPOUND 2 and a polymer; and (b) one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier(s). Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are fillers, disintegrants, wetting agents, glidants, and lubricants.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, emulsions and aqueous suspensions, dispersions and solutions.
  • In some embodiments the pharmaceutical composition is a tablet.
  • In some embodiments the pharmaceutical composition comprises a directly compressed dosage form of COMPOUND 2.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition also includes a filler. The filler can be, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol, ethyl cellulose, sorbitol, starch, sucrose, calcium phosphate, powdered cellulose, silicified microcrystalline cellulose, isomalt, or mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the filler is microcrystalline cellulose.
  • In some embodiments, the filler is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 10% w/w and 50% w/w (e.g., between about 15% w/w and about 45% w/w; between about 20% w/w and about 40% w/w; between about 25% w/w and about 35% w/w; or between about 28% w/w and about 32% w/w). In some embodiments, the filler is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of from about 20% w/w to about 35% w/w, for example from about 25% w/w to about 34% w/w, or from about 26% w/w to about 33% w/w, or from about 27% w/w to about 32% w/w, for example, about 28% w/w, about 28.5% w/w, about 29% w/w, about 29.5% w/w about 30% w/w, about 30.5% w/w, about 31% w/w, or about 31.5% w/w. In some embodiments, the filler is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 29% w/w, about 29.1% w/w, about 29.2% w/w, about 29.3% w/w, about 29.4% w/w, about 29.5% w/w, about 29.6% w/w, about 29.7% w/w, about 29.8% w/w, about 29.9% w/w, or about 30% w/w. In some embodiments, the filler is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 25% w/w and about 35% w/w. In some embodiments, the filler is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 29.5% w/w.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition also includes a disintegrant. The disintegrant can be, for example, colloidal silicon dioxide, powdered cellulose, calcium silicate, crospovidone, calcium alginate, methyl cellulose, chitosan, carboxy methyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, carboxymethyl starch, sodium alginate, sodium starch glycolate, pregelatinized starch, or mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the disintegrant is croscarmellose sodium.
  • In some embodiments, the disintegrant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 1% w/w and 15% w/w (e.g., between about 3% w/w and about 12% w/w; between about 4% w/w and about 10% w/w; between about 5% w/w and about 7% w/w; or between about 6% w/w and about 7% w/w). In some embodiments, the disintegrant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 3% w/w, about 3.5% w/w, about 4% w/w, about 49.5% w/w about 5% w/w, about 5.5% w/w, about 6% w/w, or about 6.5% w/w, about 7% w/w, about 7.5% w/w, about 8% w/w, about 8.5% w/w, about 9% w/w, about 9.5% w/w, or about 10% w/w. In some embodiments, the disintegrant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 5% w/w and about 7% w/w. In some embodiments, the disintegrant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 6% w/w.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition also includes a wetting agent. The wetting agent can be, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecyl sulfate, polysorbates (such as Tween 20 and Tween 80), poloxamers (such as Poloxamer 335 and Poloxamer 407), glyceryl monooleate, or mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the wetting agent is sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • In some embodiments, the wetting agent is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 0.1% w/w and 2% w/w (e.g., between about 0.5% w/w and about 2% w/w; between about 0.5% w/w and about 1.5% w/w; or between about 1% w/w and about 1.5% w/w). In some embodiments, the wetting agent is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 0.1% w/w, about 0.2% w/w, about 0.3% w/w, about 0.4% w/w about 0.5% w/w, about 0.6% w/w, about 0.7% w/w, or about 0.8% w/w, about 0.9% w/w, about 1% w/w, about 1.1% w/w, about 1.2% w/w, about 1.3% w/w, about 1.4% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 1.6% w/w, about 1.7% w/w, about 1.8% w/w, about 1.9% w/w, or about 2% w/w. In some embodiments, the wetting agent is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 0.5% w/w and about 1.5% w/w. In some embodiments, the wetting agent is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 1% w/w.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition also includes a glidant. The glidant can be, for example, silicon dioxide, colloidal silicon dioxide, tribasic calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, magnesium trisilicate, powdered cellulose, talc, starch, and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the glidant is colloidal silicon dioxide.
  • In some embodiments, the glidant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 0.1% w/w and 5% w/w (e.g., between about 1% w/w and about 4% w/w; between about 1% w/w and about 3% w/w; or between about 1.5% w/w and about 2.5% w/w). In some embodiments, the glidant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 0.5% w/w, about 1% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 2% w/w about 2.5% w/w, about 3% w/w, about 3.5% w/w, or about 4% w/w, about 4.5% w/w, or about 5% w/w. In some embodiments, the glidant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 1.1% w/w, about 1.2% w/w, about 1.3% w/w, about 1.4% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 1.6% w/w, about 1.7% w/w, about 1.8% w/w, about 1.9% w/w, about 2% w/w, 2.1% w/w, about 2.2% w/w, about 2.3% w/w, about 2.4% w/w, about 2.5% w/w, about 2.6% w/w, about 2.7% w/w, about 2.8% w/w, about 2.9% w/w, or about 3% w/w. In some embodiments, the glidant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 1% w/w and about 3% w/w. In some embodiments, the glidant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 2% w/w.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition also includes a lubricant. The lubricant can be, for example, magnesium stearate, talc, sodium stearyl fumarate, glyceryl behenate, hydrogenated vegetable oil, zinc stearate, calcium stearate, sucrose stearate, polyvinyl alcohol, magnesium lauryl sulfate, or mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the lubricant is magnesium stearate.
  • In some embodiments, the lubricant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 0.1% w/w and 5% w/w (e.g., between about 1% w/w and about 4% w/w; between about 1% w/w and about 3% w/w; or between about 1% w/w and about 2% w/w). In some embodiments, the lubricant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 0.5% w/w, about 1% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 2% w/w about 2.5% w/w, about 3% w/w, about 3.5% w/w, or about 4% w/w, about 4.5% w/w, or about 5% w/w. In some embodiments, the lubricant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 0.1% w/w, about 0.2% w/w, about 0.3% w/w, about 0.4% w/w, about 0.5% w/w, about 0.6% w/w, about 0.7% w/w, about 0.8% w/w, about 0.9% w/w, about 1% w/w, about 1.1% w/w, about 1.2% w/w, about 1.3% w/w, about 1.4% w/w, about 1.5% w/w, about 1.6% w/w, about 1.7% w/w, about 1.8% w/w, about 1.9% w/w, about 2% w/w, 2.1% w/w, about 2.2% w/w, about 2.3% w/w, about 2.4% w/w, or about 2.5% w/w. In some embodiments, the lubricant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of between about 0.5% w/w and about 2.5% w/w. In some embodiments, the lubricant is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount of about 1.5% w/w.
  • In some embodiments, the solid dispersion makes up about 25% to 85% by weight of the total weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the solid dispersion makes up about 50% to about 70% by weight of the total weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the COMPOUND 2 makes up about 15% to 45% of the total weight of the pharmaceutical composition, and the one or more polymer(s) makes up about 15% to 45% of the total weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the COMPOUND 2 makes up about 20% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the one or more polymer(s) makes up about 40% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the COMPOUND 2 makes up about 25% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the one or more polymer(s) makes up about 35% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the COMPOUND 2 makes up about 30% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the one or more polymer(s) makes up about 30% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the COMPOUND 2 makes up about 35% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the one or more polymer(s) makes up about 25% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the solid dispersion makes up from between about 50% w/w to about 70% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the filler makes up from between about 25% w/w to about 35% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the disintegrant makes up from between about 5% w/w to about 7% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the wetting agent makes up from between about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the glidant makes up from between about 1% w/w to about 3% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the lubricant makes up from between about 0.5% w/w to about 2.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition thereby totaling 100% by weight of the composition.
  • In some embodiments, the solid dispersion makes up about 60% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the filler makes up about 29.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the disintegrant makes up about 6% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the wetting agent makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the glidant makes up about 2% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the lubricant makes up about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises, from between about 25% w/w to about 35% w/w of COMPOUND 2 from between about 25% w/w to about 35% w/w of hypromellose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), from between about 25% w/w to about 35% w/w of microcrystalline cellulose, from between about 5% w/w to about 7% w/w croscarmellose sodium, from between about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w sodium lauryl sulfate, about from between about 1% w/w to about 3% w/w colloidal silicon dioxide, and rom between about 0.5% w/w to about 2.5% w/w of magnesium stearate, thereby totaling 100% by weight of the composition.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises, about 30% w/w of COMPOUND 2 about 30% w/w of hypromellose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), about 29.5% w/w of microcrystalline cellulose, about 6% w/w croscarmellose sodium, about 1% w/w sodium lauryl sulfate, about 2% w/w colloidal silicon dioxide, and about 1.5% w/w of magnesium stearate.
  • In some embodiments, the solid dispersion, filler, disintegrant, wetting agent, glidant, and lubricant are added intragranularly. In some embodiments, an additional amount of the filler, disintegrant, glidant, and lubricant are added extragranularly.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises, the following intragranularly added components: the solid dispersion makes up from about 50% w/w to about 70% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the filler makes up from about 18% w/w to about 26% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, disintegrant makes up from about 2% w/w to about 6% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, wetting agent makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, glidant makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and lubricant makes up from about 0.25% w/w to about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, a the pharmaceutical composition comprises the following extragranularly added components: an additional amount of the filler makes up from about 4% w/w to about 12% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of the disintegrant makes up from about 1% w/w to about 3% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of the glidant makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and an additional amount of the lubricant makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and are added extragranularly.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises, the following intragranularly added components: the solid dispersion makes up about 60% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, the filler makes up about 21.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, disintegrant makes up about 4% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, wetting agent makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, glidant makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and lubricant makes up about 0.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises the following extragranularly added components: an additional amount of the filler makes up about 8% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of the disintegrant makes up about 2% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of the glidant makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and an additional amount of the lubricant makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and are added extragranularly.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises, the following intragranularly added components: the solid dispersion comprising COMPOUND 2 and hypromellose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), makes up from about 50% w/w to about 70% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, microcrystalline cellulose makes up from about 18% w/w to about 26% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, croscarmellose sodium makes up from about 2% w/w to about 6% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, sodium lauryl sulfate makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, colloidal silicon dioxide makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and magnesium stearate makes up from about 0.25% w/w to about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises the following extragranularly added components: an additional amount of microcrystalline cellulose makes up from about 4% w/w to about 12% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of croscarmellose sodium makes up from about 1% w/w to about 3% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of colloidal silicon dioxide makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and an additional amount of magnesium stearate makes up from about 0.5% w/w to about 1.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and are added extragranularly.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises, the following intragranularly added components: the solid dispersion comprising COMPOUND 2 and hypromellose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), makes up about 60% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, microcrystalline cellulose makes up about 21.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, croscarmellose sodium makes up about 4% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, sodium lauryl sulfate makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, colloidal silicon dioxide makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and magnesium stearate makes up about 0.5% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, a the pharmaceutical composition comprises the following extragranularly added components: an additional amount of microcrystalline cellulose makes up about 8% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of croscarmellose sodium makes up about 2% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, an additional amount of colloidal silicon dioxide makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and an additional amount of magnesium stearate makes up about 1% w/w of the pharmaceutical composition, and are added extragranularly.
  • Methods of Use
  • It has been observed that the mutation status of FLT3 is associated with responses in cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 when treated with COMPOUND 1 and in cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 when treated with COMPOUND 2. While not intending to be bound by any particular theory of operation, somatic mutations in FLT3, for example FLT-ITD mutation, may be associated with resistance to treatment with COMPOUND 1 in AML characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2, and resistance to treatment with COMPOUND 2 in AML characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • In one embodiment, the methods provided herein encompass treating, preventing, or managing cancer in a subject, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH2 inhibitor. In one embodiment, the IDH2 inhibitor is COMPOUND 1.
  • In one embodiment, the methods provided herein encompass treating, preventing, or managing cancer in a subject, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH1 inhibitor. In one embodiment, the an IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 2.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, or managing solid tumors in a subject, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence ofa mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutationby administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1. In one embodiment, the solid tumor is an advanced solid tumor.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, or managing solid tumors in a subject, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutationby administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2. In one embodiment, the solid tumor is an advanced solid tumor.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, or managing hematological malignancies in a subject, wherein the hematological malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutationby administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, or managing hematological malignancies in a subject, wherein the hematological malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutationby administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • In certain embodiments, the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing cancer in a subject, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH2 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 1, in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target the FLT3 pathway. In one embodiment, the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In certain embodiments, the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing cancer in a subject, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH1 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 2, in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target the FLT3 pathway. In one embodiment, the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In certain embodiments, the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing a solid tumor in a subject, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH2 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 1 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that the target FLT3 pathway. In one embodiment, the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In certain embodiments, the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing a solid tumor in a subject, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH1 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 2 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target the FLT3 pathway. In one embodiment, the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In one embodiment, the solid tumor is an advanced solid tumor.
  • In certain embodiments, the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing a hematologic malignancy in a subject, wherein the hematological malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH2 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 1 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target the FLT3 pathway. In one embodiment, the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In certain embodiments, the methods encompass treating, preventing, or managing a hematologic malignancy in a subject, wherein the hematological malignancy is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IDH1 inhibitor, such as COMPOUND 2 in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds that target the FLT3 pathway. In one embodiment, the compound that targets the FLT3 pathway is a FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is AML.
  • In certain embodiments, methods provided herein comprise contacting a cancer cell in or from a subject, such as a patient, wherein the cancer cell is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, with a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 1. In certain embodiments, methods provided herein comprise contacting a cancer cell in or from a subject, such as a patient, wherein the cancer cell is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, with a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2. The contacting can be in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo. In one embodiment, the method comprises contacting the cancer cell in vivo.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor. In another embodiment, the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor are treated with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • In one embodiment, provided is an IDH1 inhibitor for use in a method for treating cancer in a cancer subject, wherein the cancer subject has been identified by the method of identifying the cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH2 inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH2 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH2 inhibitor. In another embodiment, the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH2 inhibitor are treated with an IDH2 inhibitor.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 1, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH2 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 1. In another embodiment, the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 1 are treated with COMPOUND 1.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2. In another embodiment, the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2 are treated with COMPOUND 2.
  • Provided is also COMPOUND 2 for use in a method for treating cancer in a cancer subject, wherein the cancer subject has been identified by the method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2.
  • In another embodiment, provided herein is a method for identifying one or more cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH2 inhibitor from a plurality of cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2. The method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH2 inhibitor. In one embodiment, one or more suitable subjects are treated with an IDH2 inhibitor.
  • In another embodiment, provided herein is a method for identifying one or more cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor from a plurality of cancer subjects, with a cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. The method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor. In one embodiment, one or more suitable subjects are treated with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • Provided is also the IDH1 inhibitor for use in a method for treating cancer in one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, wherein the one or more cancer subjects are identified by the method comprising identifying one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor.
  • In another embodiment, provided herein is a method for identifying one or more cancer subjects suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 1 from a plurality of cancer subjects, with a cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2. The method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 1. In one embodiment, one or more suitable subjects are treated with COMPOUND 1.
  • In another embodiment, provided herein is a method for identifying one or more cancer subjects suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2 from a plurality of cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. The method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with COMPOUND 2. In one embodiment, one or more suitable subjects are treated with COMPOUND 2.
  • Provided is also an IDH1 inhibitor for use in a method for treating cancer in one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In an embodiment, the one or more cancer subjects are identified by the method comprising identifying one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the absence of a FLT3 mutation from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor. In one embodiment, one or more suitable subjects are treated with COMPOUND 2.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor. In another embodiment, the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with the combination therapy are treated with a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor. In one embodiment, the FLT3 pathway inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of an IDH2 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH2 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH2 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor. In another embodiment, the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with the combination therapy are treated with a combination of an IDH2 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • In one embodiment, the FLT3 inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of COMPOUND 1 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH2 mutation and a FLT3 mutation, for example FLT3-ITD mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3, for example FLT3-ITD, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with COMPOUND 1 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor. In another embodiment, the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with the combination therapy are treated with a combination of COMPOUND 1 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor. In one embodiment, the FLT3 inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of COMPOUND 2 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with COMPOUND 2 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor. In another embodiment, the subjects identified as cancer subjects suitable for treatment with the combination therapy are treated with a combination of COMPOUND 2 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor.
  • Provided is also a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor for use in a method for treating cancer in a cancer subject, wherein the cancer subject has been identified by the method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor. In an embodiment, the IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 2.
  • In one embodiment, the FLT3 inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • In another embodiment, provided herein is a method for identifying one or more cancer subjects suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH2 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 1, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036, from a plurality of cancer subjects. The method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and a mutant FLT3 from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH2 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 1, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036. In one embodiment, one or more suitable subjects are treated with a combination of an IDH2 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 1, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036.
  • In another embodiment, provided herein is a method for identifying one or more cancer subjects suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor, for example, COMPOUND 2, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036, from a plurality of cancer subjects. The method comprises identifying one or more cancer subjects, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3 from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 2, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036. In one embodiment, one or more suitable subjects are treated with a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 2, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
  • Provided is also a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 2, and FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036 for use in a method for treating cancer in one or more cancer subjects, wherein the one or more cancer subjects are identified by the method comprising identifying one or more cancer subjects, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3 from the plurality of cancer subjects suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 2, and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, for example, quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036.
  • In one embodiment, one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the presence of a FLT3 mutation are not treated with an IDH1 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 2. In one embodiment, one or more cancer subjects with a cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant FLT3 are not treated with an IDH2 inhibitor, for example COMPOUND 1.
  • In certain embodiments, the inhibitory activity of COMPOUND 2 against IDH1 mutants (e.g., IDH1 R132H, IDH1 R132C, IDH1 R132L, IDH1 R132V, IDH1 R132S or IDH1 R132G) can be tested by methods described in Example A of PCT Publication No.
  • WO 2013/107291 and US Publication No. US 2013/0190249. In certain embodiment, the inhibitory activity of COMPOUND 1 against IDH2 mutants can be tested by methods described in US Publication No. US2013/0190287, hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties, or analogous methods.
  • In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the hematologic malignancy is acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2. In other embodiments of the methods described hereinthe hematologic malignancy is acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In one embodiment, the hematologic malignancy is an advanced hematologic malignancy.
  • In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the hematologic malignancy is acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) is relapse or refractory AML, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the hematologic malignancy is myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the hematologic malignancy is chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the hematologic malignancy is myeloid sarcoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the hematologic malignancy is lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the hematologic malignancy is angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the hematologic malignancy is blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • In one embodiment of the methods provided herein the solid tumor is glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2.
  • In one embodiment of the methods provided herein the solid tumor is glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • In one embodiment of the methods provided herein the solid tumor is glioma, characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In one embodiment of the methods provided herein the solid tumor is melanoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In one embodiment of the methods provided herein the solid tumor chondrosarcoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In one embodiment of the methods provided herein the solid tumor is cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In one embodiment of the methods provided herein the solid tumor is angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In one embodiment of the methods provided herein the solid tumor is sarcoma characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1. In one embodiment of the methods provided herein the solid tumor is non small cell lung cancer characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
  • In one embodiment, the malignancy to be treated is characterized by a mutant allele of IDH1 or IDH2, wherein the IDH1 or IDH2 mutation results in a new ability of the enzyme to catalyze the NAPH dependent reduction of a ketoglutarate to R(−)-2-hydroxyglutarate in a patient. In one aspect of this embodiment, the mutant IDH1 has an R132X mutation. In one aspect of this embodiment, the R132X mutation is selected from R132H, R132C, R132L, R132V, R132S and R132G. In another aspect, the R132X mutation is R132H or R132C. In yet another aspect, the R132X mutation is R132H. In one aspect of this embodiment, the mutant IDH2 has an R140X mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the R140X mutation is a R140Q mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the R140X mutation is a R140W mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the R140X mutation is a R140L mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the mutant IDH2 has an R172X mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the R172X mutation is a R172K mutation. In another aspect of this embodiment, the R172X mutation is a R172G mutation.
  • In one embodiment, a malignancy can be analyzed by sequencing cell samples to determine the presence and specific nature of (e.g., the changed amino acid present at) a mutation at amino acid 132 of IDH1. In one embodiment, a malignancy can be analyzed by sequencing cell samples to determine the presence and specific nature of (e.g., the changed amino acid present at) a mutation at amino acid 140 and/or 172 of IDH2.
  • Without being bound by theory, applicants believe that mutant alleles of IDH1 wherein the IDH1 mutation results in a new ability of the enzyme to catalyze the NAPH-dependent reduction of α-ketoglutarate to R(−)-2-hydroxyglutarate, and in particular R132H mutations of IDH1, characterize a subset of all types of cancers, without regard to their cellular nature or location in the body. Thus, COMPOUND 2, and methods desribed herein are useful to treat an hematologic malignancy, including an advanced hematologic malignancy, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 imparting such activity and in particular an IDH1 R132H or R132C mutation.
  • In another aspect, COMPOUND 2 and methods desribed herein are useful to treat a solid tumor, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 imparting such activity and in particular an IDH1 R132H or R132C mutation.
  • In one embodiment, the advanced hematologic malignancy to be treated is AML. In some embodiments, the AML is relapsed and/or refractory. In other embodiments, the AML is untreated. In some embodiments, the AML is relapsed and/or refractory in patients 60 years of age and older. In some embodiments, the AML is untreated in patients 60 years of age and older. In some embodiments, the AML is relapsed and/or refractory in patients under 60 years of age. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered as a first line treatment for AML. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered as a second line, third line, or fourth line treatment for AML. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after a first line treatment for AML. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after a second line, third line, or fourth line treatment for AML. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after a first relapse. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after primary induction failure. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after re-induction failure. In one embodiment, administration of COMPOUND 2 can occur prior to, during, or after transplant. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 is administered after a relapse that is post-transplant. In one embodiment, the AML presentation is subsequent to MPD. In one embodiment, the AML presentation is subsequent to MDS and CMML.
  • In another aspect, without being bound by theory, applicants have found that mutant alleles of IDH2, wherein the IDH2 mutation results in a new ability of the enzyme to catalyze the NAPH dependent reduction of a ketoglutarate to R(−) 2 hydroxyglutarate, and in particular R140Q and/or R172K mutations of IDH2, characterize a subset of all types of cancers, without regard to their cellular nature or location in the body. Thus, the compounds, compositions and methods provided herein are useful to treat any type of cancer that is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 imparting such acitivity and in particular an IDH2 R140Q and/or R172K mutation.
  • Thus, COMPOUND 1, and methods described herein are useful to treat an hematologic malignancy, including an advanced hematologic malignancy, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 imparting such activity and in particular an IDH2 R140Q and/or R172K mutation.
  • In another aspect, COMPOUND 2 and methods described herein are useful to treat a solid tumor, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 imparting such activity and in particular IDH2 R140Q and/or R172K mutation.
  • In one embodiment the malignancy is a tumor wherein at least 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 or 90% of the tumor cells carry an IDH1 mutation, and in particular an IDH1 R132H or R132C mutation, or an IDH2 mutation, and in particular an IDH2 R140Q, R140W, or R140L and/or R172K or R172G mutation, at the time of diagnosis or treatment.
  • In one embodiment, the efficacy of treatment of malignancy is monitored by measuring the levels of 2HG in the subject. Typically levels of 2HG are measured prior to treatment, wherein an elevated level is indicated for the use of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2. Once the elevated levels are established, the level of 2HG is determined during the course of and/or following termination of treatment to establish efficacy. In certain embodiments, the level of 2HG is only determined during the course of and/or following termination of treatment. A reduction of 2HG levels during the course of treatment and following treatment is indicative of efficacy. Similarly, a determination that 2HG levels are not elevated during the course of or following treatment is also indicative of efficacy. Typically, 2HG measurements are utilized together with other well-known determinations of efficacy of malignancy treatment, such as reduction in number and size of tumors and/or other cancer-associated lesions, improvement in the general health of the subject, and alterations in other biomarkers that are associated with malignancy treatment efficacy.
  • 2HG can be detected in a sample by the methods of PCT Publication No. WO 2011/050210 and US Publication No. US2012/0121515 hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, or by analogous methods. In an exemplary method, 2HG can be detected in a sample by LC/MS. The sample is mixed 80:20 with methanol, and centrifuged at 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes at 4 degrees Celsius. The resulting supernatant can be collected and stored at −80 degrees Celsius prior to LC-MS/MS to assess 2-hydroxyglutarate levels. A variety of different liquid chromatography (LC) separation methods can be used. Each method can be coupled by negative electrospray ionization (ESI, −3.0 kV) to triple-quadrupole mass spectrometers operating in multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) mode, with MS parameters optimized on infused metabolite standard solutions. Metabolites can be separated by reversed phase chromatography using 10 mM tributyl-amine as an ion pairing agent in the aqueous mobile phase, according to a variant of a previously reported method (Luo et al. J Chromatogr A 1147, 153-64, 2007). One method allows resolution of TCA metabolites: t=0, 50% B; t=5, 95% B; t=7, 95% B; t=8, 0% B, where B refers to an organic mobile phase of 100% methanol. Another method is specific for 2-hydroxyglutarate, running a fast linear gradient from 50%-95% B (buffers as defined above) over 5 minutes. A Synergi Hydro-RP, 100 mm×2 mm, 2.1 μm particle size (Phenomonex) can be used as the column, as described above. Metabolites can be quantified by comparison of peak areas with pure metabolite standards at known concentration. Metabolite flux studies from 13C-glutamine can be performed as described, e.g., in Munger et al. Nat Biotechnol 26, 1179-86, 2008.
  • In one embodiment, 2HG is directly evaluated.
  • In another embodiment, a derivative of 2HG formed in process of performing the analytic method is evaluated. By way of example such a derivative can be a derivative formed in MS analysis. Derivatives can include a salt adduct, e.g., a Na adduct, a hydration variant, or a hydration variant which is also a salt adduct, e.g., a Na adduct, e.g., as formed in MS analysis.
  • In another embodiment a metabolic derivative of 2HG is evaluated. Examples include species that build up or are elevated, or reduced, as a result of the presence of 2HG, such as glutarate or glutamate that will be correlated to 2HG, e.g., R-2HG.
  • Exemplary 2HG derivatives include dehydrated derivatives such as the compounds provided below or a salt adduct thereof:
  • Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00003
  • 2HG is known to accumulate in the inherited metabolic disorder 2-hydroxyglutaric aciduria. This disease is caused by deficiency in the enzyme 2-hydroxyglutarate dehydrogenase, which converts 2HG to α-KG (Struys, E. A. et al. Am J Hum Genet 76, 358-60 (2005)). Patients with 2-hydroxyglutarate dehydrogenase deficiencies accumulate 2HG in the brain as assessed by MRI and CSF analysis, develop leukoencephalopathy, and have an increased risk of developing brain tumors (Aghili, M., Zahedi, F. & Rafiee, J Neurooncol 91, 233-6 (2009); Kolker, S., Mayatepek, E. & Hoffmann, G. F. Neuropediatrics 33, 225-31 (2002); Wajner, M., Latini, A., Wyse, A. T. & Dutra-Filho, C. S. J Inherit Metab Dis 27, 427-48 (2004)). Furthermore, elevated brain levels of 2HG result in increased ROS levels (Kolker, S. et al. Eur J Neurosci 16, 21-8 (2002); Latini, A. et al. Eur J Neurosci 17, 2017-22 (2003)), potentially contributing to an increased risk of cancer. The ability of 2HG to act as an NMDA receptor agonist may contribute to this effect (Kolker, S. et al. Eur J Neurosci 16, 21-8 (2002)). 2HG may also be toxic to cells by competitively inhibiting glutamate and/or aKG utilizing enzymes. These include transaminases which allow utilization of glutamate nitrogen for amino and nucleic acid biosynthesis, and αKG-dependent prolyl hydroxylases such as those which regulate Hifl-alpha levels.
  • Treatment methods described herein can additionally comprise various evaluation steps prior to and/or following treatment with COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2.
  • In one embodiment, prior to and/or after treatment with COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2, alone or in combination with a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, the method further comprises the step of evaluating the growth, size, weight, invasiveness, stage and/or other phenotype of the malignancy.
  • In one embodiment, prior to and/or after treatment with COMPOUND 1, alone or in combination with a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, the method further comprises the step of evaluating the IDH2 genotype of the malignancy. This may be achieved by ordinary methods in the art, such as DNA sequencing, immuno analysis, and/or evaluation of the presence, distribution or level of 2HG. In one embodiment, prior to and/or after treatment with COMPOUND 2, alone or in combination with a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, the method further comprises the step of evaluating the IDH1 genotype of the malignancy. This may be achieved by ordinary methods in the art, such as DNA sequencing, immuno analysis, and/or evaluation of the presence, distribution or level of 2HG.
  • In one embodiment, prior to and/or after treatment with COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2, alone or in combination with a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, the method further comprises the step of determining the 2HG level in the subject. This may be achieved by spectroscopic analysis, e.g., magnetic resonance-based analysis, e.g., MRI and/or MRS measurement, sample analysis of bodily fluid, such as serum or spinal cord fluid analysis, or by analysis of surgical material, e.g., by mass-spectroscopy.
  • In one embodiment, COMPOUND 1 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor are administered concurrently. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 1 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor are administered sequentially. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor are administered concurrently. In one embodiment, COMPOUND 2 and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor are administered sequentially.
  • In one embodiment, depending on the disease to be treated and the subject's condition, COMPOUND 1 may be administered by oral, parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, CIV, intracistemal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant), inhalation, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical (e.g., transdermal or local) routes of administration. COMPOUND 1 may be formulated alone or together with one or more active agent(s), in suitable dosage unit with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, adjuvants and vehicles, appropriate for each route of administration.
  • In one embodiment, depending on the disease to be treated and the subject's condition, COMPOUND 2 may be administered by oral, parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, CIV, intracistemal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant), inhalation, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical (e.g., transdermal or local) routes of administration. COMPOUND 2 may be formulated alone or together with one or more active agent(s), in suitable dosage unit with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, adjuvants and vehicles, appropriate for each route of administration.
  • In one embodiment, the amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 administered in the methods provided herein may range, e.g., between about 5 mg/day and about 2,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 10 mg/day and about 2,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 20 mg/day and about 2,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 50 mg/day and about 1,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 100 mg/day and about 1,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 100 mg/day and about 500 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is between about 150 mg/day and about 500 mg/day. In one embodiment, the range is or between about 150 mg/day and about 250 mg/day. In certain embodiments, particular dosages are, e.g., about 10 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 20 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 50 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 75 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 100 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 120 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 150 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 200 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 250 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 300 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 350 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 400 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 450 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 500 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 600 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 700 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 800 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 900 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 1,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is about 1,200 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose is or about 1,500 mg/day. In certain embodiments, particular dosages are, e.g., up to about 10 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 20 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 50 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 75 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 100 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 120 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 150 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 200 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 250 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 300 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 350 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 400 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 450 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 500 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 600 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 700 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 800 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 900 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 1,000 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 1,200 mg/day. In one embodiment, the particular dose is up to about 1,500 mg/day.
  • In one embodiment, the amount of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form provided herein may range, e.g., between about 5 mg and about 2,000 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 10 mg and about 2,000 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 20 mg and about 2,000 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 50 mg and about 1,000 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 50 mg and about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 50 mg and about 250 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 100 mg and about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 150 mg and about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the range is between about 150 mg and about 250 mg. In certain embodiments, particular amounts are, e.g., about 10 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 20 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 30 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 50 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 75 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 100 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 120 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 150 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 200 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 250 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 300 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 350 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 400 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 450 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 600 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 650 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 700 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 800 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 900 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 1,000 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is about 1,200 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is or about 1,500 mg. In certain embodiments, particular amounts are, e.g., up to about 10 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 20 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 50 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 75 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 100 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 120 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 150 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 200 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 250 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 300 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 350 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 400 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 450 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 600 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 700 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 800 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 900 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 1,000 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 1,200 mg. In one embodiment, the particular amount is up to about 1,500 mg.
  • In one embodiment, COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 can be delivered as a single dose such as, e.g., a single bolus injection, or oral tablets or pills; or over time such as, e.g., continuous infusion over time or divided bolus doses over time. In one embodiment, compound 1 can be administered repetitively if necessary, for example, until the patient experiences stable disease or regression, or until the patient experiences disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. Stable disease or lack thereof is determined by methods known in the art such as evaluation of patient's symptoms, physical examination, visualization of the tumor that has been imaged using X-ray, CAT, PET, or MRI scan and other commonly accepted evaluation modalities.
  • In certain embodiments, COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 is administered to a patient in cycles (e.g., daily administration for one week, then a rest period with no administration for up to three weeks). Cycling therapy involves the administration of an active agent for a period of time, followed by a rest for a period of time, and repeating this sequential administration. Cycling therapy can reduce the development of resistance, avoid or reduce the side effects, and/or improves the efficacy of the treatment.
  • In one embodiment, a method provided herein comprises administering COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 in 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, or greater than 40 cycles. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 1. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 2. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 3. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 4. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 5. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 6. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 7. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 8. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 9. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 10. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 11. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 12. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 13. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 14. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 15. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 16. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 17. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 18. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 19. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 20. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 21. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 22. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 23. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 24. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 25. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 26. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 27. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 28. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 29. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is about 30. In one embodiment, the median number of cycles administered in a group of patients is greater than about 30 cycles.
  • In certain embodiments, treatment cycles comprise multiple doses of COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 administered to a subject in need thereof over multiple days (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or greater than 14 days), optionally followed by treatment dosing holidays (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, or greater than 28 days).
  • In one embodiment, depending on the disease to be treated and the subject's condition, the FLT3 pathway inhibitor may be administered by oral, parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, CIV, intracistemal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant), inhalation, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical (e.g., transdermal or local) routes of administration. In one embodiment, the FLT3 pathway inhibitor may be formulated, alone or together with COMPOUND 1 and/or one or more active agent(s), in suitable dosage unit with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, adjuvants and vehicles, appropriate for each route of administration. In one embodiment, the FLT3 pathway inhibitor may be formulated, alone or together with COMPOUND 2 and/or one or more active agent(s), in suitable dosage unit with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, adjuvants and vehicles, appropriate for each route of administration.
  • In one embodiment, the FLT3 pathway inhibitor is administered by, e.g., intravenous (IV), subcutaneous (SC) or oral routes. Certain embodiments herein provide co-administration of the FLT3 pathway inhibitor with COMPOUND 1 or COMPOUND 2 and/or one or more additional active agents to provide a synergistic therapeutic effect in subjects in need thereof. The co-administered active agent(s) may be cancer therapeutic agents, as described herein. In certain embodiments, the co-administered active agent(s) may be inhibitors of IDH1. In certain embodiments, the co-administered active agent(s) may be inhibitors of IDH2. In certain embodiments, the co-administered agent(s) may be dosed, e.g., orally or by injection (e.g., IV or SC).
  • In certain embodiments, treatment cycles comprise multiple doses of the FLT3 pathway inhibitor administered to a subject in need thereof over multiple days (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or greater than 14 days), optionally followed by treatment dosing holidays (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, or greater than 28 days). Suitable dosage amounts for the methods provided herein include, e.g., therapeutically effective amounts and prophylactically effective amounts.
  • In one embodiment, the FLT3 pathway inhibitor can be delivered as a single dose such as, e.g., a single bolus injection, or oral tablets or pills; or over time such as, e.g., continuous infusion over time or divided bolus doses over time. In one embodiment, the FLT3 pathway inhibitor can be administered repetitively if necessary, for example, until the patient experiences stable disease or regression, or until the patient experiences disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. Stable disease or lack thereof is determined by methods known in the art such as evaluation of patient's symptoms, physical examination, visualization of the tumor that has been imaged using X-ray, CAT, PET, or Mill scan and other commonly accepted evaluation modalities.
  • In one embodiment, the FLT3 pathway inhibitor can be administered once daily or divided into multiple daily doses such as twice daily, three times daily, and four times daily. In one embodiment, the administration can be continuous (i.e., daily for consecutive days or every day), intermittent, e.g., in cycles (i.e., including days, weeks, or months of rest when no drug is administered). In one embodiment, the FLT3 pathway inhibitor is administered daily, for example, once or more than once each day for a period of time. In one embodiment, the FLT3 pathway inhibitor is administered intermittently, i.e., stopping and starting at either regular or irregular intervals.
  • Patient Population
  • In certain embodiments of the methods provided herein, the subject to be treated is an animal, for example a mammal or a non-human primate. In particular embodiments, the subject is a human patient. The subject can be male or female.
  • Particularly, subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with cancer, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and/or IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In certain embodiments, subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with cancer, wherein the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and/or IDH2 and further characterized by a mutant FLT3.
  • In one embodiment, subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS, myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with a solid tumors, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1, and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In one embodiment, subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with a solid tumor, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
  • In certain embodiments, subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS, myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and further characterized by one or more FLT3 mutation(s).
  • In certain embodiments, subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies, such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloid sarcoma, multiple myeloma, lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma or B-cell lymphoma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL) or blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and further characterized by one or more FLT3 mutation(s).
  • In certain embodiments, subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with a solid tumors, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and further characterized by one or more FLT3 mutation(s).
  • In certain embodiments, subjects amenable to treatment according to the methods provided herein include subjects with a solid tumor, such as glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (e.g., glioma), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (AITL), sarcoma, or non small cell lung cancer, each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH2 and further characterized by one or more FLT3 mutation(s).
  • Also encompassed are methods of treating a subject regardless of the subject's age, although some diseases or disorders are more common in certain age groups. In some embodiments, the subject is a human patient at least 18 years old. In some embodiments, the patient is 10, 15, 18, 21, 24, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 65, 70, 75, 80, or 85 years old or older.
  • In certain embodiments, the methods provided herein encompass the treatment of subjects who have not been previously treated for cancer. In other embodiments, the methods encompass treating subjects who have been previously treated but are non-responsive to standard therapies as well as those who are currently being treated for cancer. For example, the subjects may have been previously treated or are currently being treated with a standard treatment regimen for cancer known to the practitioner of skill in the art.
  • It is understood that the foregoing detailed description and accompanying examples are merely illustrative, and are not to be taken as limitations upon the scope of the subject matter. Various changes and modifications to the disclosed embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications, including without limitation those relating to the methods of use provided herein, may be made without departing from the spirit and scope thereof. Patents, patent publications, and other publications referenced herein are incorporated by reference.
    • EXAMPLES
  • As used herein, the symbols and conventions used in the examples, regardless of whether a particular abbreviation is specifically defined, are consistent with those used in the contemporary scientific literature, for example, the Journal of the American Chemical Society or the Journal of Biological Chemistry. Specifically, but without limitation, the following abbreviations may be used in the examples and throughout the specification: FMI=Foundation Medicine Inc.; CR=complete remission; CRi=complete remision with incomplete blood count recovery; CRp=complete remision with incomplete platelet recovery; MLFS=morphologic leukemia-free state; FLT3-ITD−=Fms Related Tyrosine Kinase 3 internal tandem repeat negative; FLT3-ITD+=Fms Related Tyrosine Kinase 3 internal tandem repeat positive; mFLT3=mutant Fms Related Tyrosine Kinase 3 internal tandem repeat; ORR=overall response rate; PM−=point mutation negative; PM+=point mutation positive; g (grams); mg (milligrams); mL (milliliters); mL (microliters); M (molar); mM (millimolar); mM (micromolar); hr or hrs (hour or hours); and min (minutes).
    • Example 1. A Phase 1/2, Multicenter, Open-Label, Dose-Escalation and Expansion, Safety, Pharmacokinetic, Pharmacodynamic, and Clinical Activity Study of Orally Administered Compound 1 in Subjects with Advanced Hematologic Malignancies with an IDH2 Mutation
  • Indication:
  • Treatment of patients with advanced hematologic malignancies with an IDH2 mutation.
  • Phase 1 (Dose Escalation and Part 1 Expansion) Objectives:
  • Primary Objectives
  • To assess the safety and tolerability of treatment with COMPOUND 1 administered continuously as a single agent dosed orally on Days 1 to 28 of a 28-day cycle in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies.
  • To determine a maximum tolerated dose (MTD) or a maximum administered dose (MAD) and/or the recommended Phase 2 dose (RP2D) of COMPOUND 1 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies.
  • Secondary Objectives
  • To describe the dose-limiting toxicities (DLTs) of COMPOUND 1 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies.
  • To characterize the pharmacokinetics (PK) of COMPOUND 1 and its metabolite in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies.
  • To characterize the PK/pharmacodynamic (PD) relationship of COMPOUND 1 and 2-hydroxygluturate (2-HG).
  • To characterize the clinical activity associated with COMPOUND 1 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies.
  • Phase 2 Objectives:
  • Primary Objectives
  • To assess the efficacy of COMPOUND 1 as treatment for subjects with relapsed or refractory AML with an IDH2 mutation.
  • Secondary Objectives
  • To further evaluate the safety profile of COMPOUND 1 in subjects with relapsed or refractory AML with an IDH2 mutation.
  • To characterize the pharmacokinetics (PK) of COMPOUND 1 and its metabolite in subjects with relapsed or refractory AML with an IDH2 mutation.
  • To characterize the PK/pharmacodynamic (PD) relationship of COMPOUND 1 and 2-hydroxygluturate (2-HG).
  • Methodology:
  • This is a Phase 1/2, multicenter, open-label, 3-part (Phase 1 dose escalation, Phase 1 Part 1 Expansion, and Phase 2), safety, PK/PD, and clinical activity evaluation of orally administered COMPOUND 1 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies with an IDH2 mutation.
  • In the Phase 1 portion, the study includes a dose escalation phase to determine MTD/MAD and/or the RP2D and an expansion phase (Part 1 Expansion) to further evaluate the safety, tolerability and clinical activity of COMPOUND 1 in select populations. The Phase 2 portion (previously Part 2 Expansion) will further inform on the efficacy, safety, tolerability and clinical activity of COMPOUND 1 in subjects with refractory or relapsed AML with an IDH2 mutation.
  • Dose Escalation Phase
  • The dose escalation phase will utilize a standard “3+3” design. During the dose escalation phase, consented eligible subjects with relapsed or refractory acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), untreated AML ≥60 years of age who are not candidates for standard therapy, or myelodysplastic syndrome with refractory anemia with excess blasts will be enrolled into sequential cohorts of increasing doses of AG-221 not to exceed 650 mg QD dose. Each dose cohort will enroll a minimum of 3 subjects. The first 3 subjects enrolled in each dosing cohort during the dose escalation portion of the study will receive a single dose of study drug on Day −3 (i.e., 3 days prior to the start of daily dosing) and undergo safety and PK/PD assessments over 72 hours to evaluate drug concentrations and 2-HG and α-KG levels. The next dose of study drug will be on Cycle 1 Day 1 (C1D1) at which time daily dosing will begin. The initial dosing schedule was twice daily (approximately every 12 hours). Based on the emerging data, a once daily dosing schedule also has been implemented. Alternative dosing schedules (e.g., a loading dose followed by once daily dosing) may continue to be explored in the dose escalation and expansion phases as agreed upon by the Clinical Study Team. If there are multiple subjects in the screening process at the time the third subject within a cohort begins treatment, up to 2 additional subjects may be enrolled with approval of the Medical Monitor. For these additional subjects, the Day −3 through Day 1 PK/PD assessments are optional following discussion with the Medical Monitor.
  • The safety of dosing during the dose escalation phase will be evaluated by the Clinical Study Team, comprised of the Sponsor designee (Responsible Medical Officer), Study Medical Monitor, and Investigators. The Clinical Study Team will review the emerging safety data from each cohort to determine if dose escalation will occur.
  • Toxicity severity will be graded according to the National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (NCI CTCAE) Version 4.03. A DLT is defined as outlined below.
  • Non-Hematologic:
  • All clinically significant non-hematologic toxicities CTCAE ≥Grade 3 with the exception of ≥Grade 3 blood bilirubin increases in subjects with a UDP (uridine diphosphate)-glucuronosyltransferase 1 family, polypeptide A1 (UGT1A1) mutation. In subjects with a UGT1A1 mutation, blood bilirubin increases of >5× upper limit of normal (ULN) may be considered a DLT.
  • Hematologic:
  • Prolonged myelosuppression, defined as persistence of ≥Grade 3 neutropenia or thrombocytopenia (by NCI CTCAE, version 4.03, leukemia-specific criteria, i.e., marrow cellularity <5% on Day 28 or later from the start of study drug without evidence of leukemia) at least 42 days after the initiation of Cycle 1 therapy. Leukemia-specific grading should be used for cytopenias (based on percentage decrease from baseline: 50 to 75%=Grade 3, >75%=Grade 4).
  • Due to frequent co-morbidities and concurrent medications in the population under study, attribution of adverse events (AEs) to a particular drug is challenging. Therefore, all AEs that cannot clearly be determined to be unrelated to COMPOUND 1 will be considered relevant to determining DLTs and will be reviewed by the Clinical Study Team. The Clinical Study Team also will review any other emergent toxicities that are not explicitly defined by the DLT criteria to determine if any warrant a DLT designation.
  • If, after the third subject completes the 28-day DLT evaluation period (i.e., Cycle 1), no DLTs are observed, the study will proceed with dose escalation to the next cohort following safety review by the Clinical Study Team. If 1 of 3 subjects experiences a DLT during the first cycle, 3 additional subjects will be enrolled in that cohort. If none of the additional 3 subjects experience a DLT, dose escalation may continue to the next cohort following safety review by the Clinical Study Team. If 2 or more subjects in a cohort experience DLTs during the first cycle, dose escalation will be halted and the next lower dose level will be declared the MTD. If the MTD cohort included only 3 subjects, an additional 3 subjects will be enrolled at that dose level to confirm that <2 of 6 subjects experience a DLT at that dose. Alternatively, a dose level intermediate between the non-tolerated dose level and the previously tolerated dose level may be explored and declared the MTD if <2 out of 6 subjects experience a DLT at that dose.
  • Increases in the dose of AG-221 for each dose cohort will be guided by an accelerated titration design, where the dose will be doubled (100% increase) from one cohort to the next until AG-221-related NCI CTCAE Grade 2 or greater toxicity is observed in any subject within the cohort. Following evaluation by the Clinical Study Team, subsequent increases in dose will be 50% or less until the MTD is determined. The absolute percent increase in the dose will be determined by the Clinical Study Team predicated on the type and severity of any toxicity seen in the prior dose cohorts. The MTD is the highest dose that causes DLTs in <2 of 6 subjects.
  • To optimize the number of subjects treated at a potentially clinically relevant dose, intra-subject dose escalation will be permitted with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Part 1 Expansion Phase
  • During the Part 1 expansion phase, safety, PK/PD, and preliminary clinical activity data will be reviewed by the Clinical Study Team on an ongoing basis.
  • In Part 1, 4 non-randomized cohorts of approximately 25 subjects per arm with IDH2-mutated hematologic malignancies will be enrolled as follows:
  • Arm 1: Relapsed or refractory AML and age ≥60 years, or any subject with AML regardless of age who has relapsed following a bone marrow transplant (BMT).
  • Arm 2: Relapsed or refractory AML and age <60 years, excluding subjects with AML who have relapsed following a BMT.
  • Arm 3: Untreated AML and age ≥60 years that decline standard of care chemotherapy.
  • Arm 4: IDH2-mutated advanced hematologic malignancies not eligible for Arms 1 to 3.
  • Phase 2
  • Phase 2, the pivotal part of the study, will further establish the efficacy and safety profile of COMPOUND 1 at the recommended phase 2 dose (RP2D) determined in the ongoing dose escalation phase in subjects with IDH2-mutated relapsed or refractory AML defined as follows:
  • Subjects who relapse after allogeneic transplantation
  • Subjects in second or later relapse;
  • Subjects who are refractory to initial induction or re-induction treatment;
  • Subjects who relapse within 1 year of initial treatment, excluding patients with favorable-risk status according to NCCN Guidelines. Favorable-risk cytogenetics: inv(16), +(16;16), t(8;21), t(15;17).
  • Approximately 125 subjects will be enrolled in this part of the trial.
  • General Study Conduct:
  • Following informed consent, all subjects will undergo screening procedures within 28 days prior to the C1D1 to determine eligibility. All subjects are required to have confirmation of IDH2-mutated disease from a bone marrow aspirate and peripheral blood. For subjects in the dose escalation phase and Part 1 Expansion, documentation of IDH2 mutation status can be based on local site testing with central laboratory testing performed retrospectively. Subjects in Phase 2 are required to have IDH2-mutation status based on central laboratory testing during screening prior to study treatment. Additional screening procedures include medical, surgical, and medication history, a buccal swab for germ-line mutation analysis, physical examination, vital signs, Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status (PS), 12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG), evaluation of left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF), clinical laboratory assessments (hematology, chemistry, coagulation, and serum pregnancy test), bone marrow biopsy and aspirate, blood and bone marrow samples for 2-HG and α-KG measurement, and blood for determination of UGT1A1 mutation status. In addition, subjects in the Part 1 Expansion will have urine samples for 2-HG and α-KG measurement and blood samples for cholesterol, and 4β-OH-cholesterol levels collected during screening.
  • Dose Escalation and Part 1 Expansion
  • Three days prior to the start of daily dosing of AG-221 (Day −3), the first 3 subjects enrolled in each cohort in the dose escalation phase and the first 15 subjects enrolled in each arm of Part 1 Expansion will receive a single dose of AG-221 in clinic and have serial blood and urine samples obtained for determination of blood and urine concentrations of AG-221, its metabolite AGI-16903, 2-HG, and α-KG. A full 72-hour PK/PD profile will be conducted: subjects will be required to remain at the study site for 10 hours on Day −3 and return on Days −2, −1, and 1 for 24-, 48-, and 72-hour samples, respectively. During the in-clinic period on Day −3, clinical observation and serial 12-lead ECGs and vital signs assessments will be conducted. Daily treatment with AG-221 will begin on C1D1; for subjects in the dose escalation phase and Part 1 Expansion who did not undergo the Day −3 PK/PD assessments, clinical observation and serial 12-lead ECGs and vital signs assessments will be conducted over 8 hours following their first dose of AG-221 on C1D1.
  • Subjects in the dose escalation phase and Part 1 Expansion also will undergo PK/PD assessments over a 10-hour period on C1D15, C2D1, and C4D1. Predose blood samples (trough) will be obtained on C1D1 (for those subjects who did not undergo the Day −3 PK/PD assessments), C1D8, C1D22, C2D15, C3D1, C3D15, C5D1, and Day 1 of all cycles thereafter for determination of AG-221, 2-HG, and α-KG concentrations. These subjects will have urine collected for PK/PD evaluation at screening; prior to dosing on C1D15, C2D1 and Day 1 of all cycles thereafter; and at the End of Treatment visit. Available bone marrow biopsy samples also will be assessed for 2-HG and α-KG levels.
  • Phase 2
  • Subjects in the Phase 2 portion of the trial are not required to undergo the Day 3 assessments; these subjects will undergo an 8-hour PK/PD profile conducted on Day 1 of Cycles 1 and 2, and predose blood samples (trough) on C1D2 and C2D2 will be obtained in order to assess PK/PD in a 24-hour period. Additional blood samples for PK/PD assessments will be drawn pre-dose (within 30 minutes) on Day 1 of Cycle 3, and at the End of Treatment visit. Time-matched 12-lead ECGs will be conducted in triplicate on Day 1 of Cycles 1 and 2; a triplicate ECG is also to be obtained at the End of Treatment visit. Single 12-lead ECGs will be conducted on Day 1 of every cycle beginning with Cycle 3, and at the Follow-up visit. Available bone marrow biopsy samples will be assessed for 2-HG and α-KG levels.
  • Other Safety Assessments (All Phases)
  • All subjects will undergo safety assessments during the treatment period to include physical examination, vital signs, ECOG PS, 12-lead ECGs, evaluation of LVEF, and clinical laboratory assessments (hematology, chemistry, coagulation, and pregnancy testing).
  • Clinical Activity Assessments:
  • Phase 1 (Dose Escalation and Part 1 Expansion)
  • Subjects in the dose escalation phase and Part 1 Expansion will have the extent of their disease assessed, including bone marrow biopsies and/or aspirates and peripheral blood, at screening, on C1D15, C2D1, and C3D1, every 28 days (peripheral blood only) or every 56 days (bone marrow biopsies and/or aspirates and peripheral blood) thereafter while on study drug treatment, independent of dose delays and/or dose interruptions, and/or at any time when progression of disease is suspected. Response to treatment and treatment decisions in all subjects will be determined by the Investigators based on modified International Working Group (IWG) response criteriaor other appropriate response criteria for the malignancy under study.
  • Phase 2
  • For subjects enrolled in the Phase 2 portion of the trial, extent of disease, including bone marrow biopsies and/or aspirates and peripheral blood, will be assessed at screening, on C2D1, every 28 days thereafter through 12 months, and every 56 days thereafter while on study drug treatment, independent of dose delays and/or dose interruptions, and/or at any time when progression of disease is suspected. Eligibility, treatment decisions, and response to treatment will be determined by the Investigators based on modified International Working Group (IWG) response criteria. Response will be also be assessed retrospectively by an Independent Response Adjudication Committee (IRAC).
  • End of Treatment and Follow-Up:
  • Subjects may continue treatment with COMPOUND 1 until disease progression or development of unacceptable toxicity.
  • Evidence supports that cancer-associated IDH mutations block normal cellular differentiation and promote tumorigenesis via the abnormal production of 2-HG, a potential oncometabolite. COMPOUND 1 may produce antitumor effects by reversing the differentiation block induced by the IDH2 mutations and promoting appropriate cellular differentiation.
  • Because of the unique mechanism of action of COMPOUND 1, clinical responses are different than those observed with cytotoxic agents. Responses with COMPOUND 1 may be occur after 2 or more cycles of therapy and they may occur after an initiation period of leukocytosis in the peripheral blood and/or bone marrow with, in rare cases, corresponding clinical signs and symptoms of fever, fluid retention, hypoxia, and skin rash which have been termed a differentiation-like syndrome.
  • As such, standard assessment criteria developed based on the experience from the cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agents do not provide a complete and accurate response assessment for this novel class of IDH2 inhibitors. Therefore, in the setting where a subject's assessment shows signs similar to progression within the first 2 cycles, caution should be exercised in discontinuing study drug, and a discussion with the Medical Monitor is required, especially in situations where the subject's clinical condition is stable as supported by, but limited to, absence of signs and symptoms of rapid deterioration indicating disease progression and/or general condition is stable or improving.
  • Subjects who experience progression of disease (PD) per the applicable response criteria, should have assessment of the disease repeated 28 days later in order to confirm PD with option of continuing treatment as described above while awaiting for confirmation. If repeat evaluation confirms PD subjects will discontinue study treatment and proceed to the survival follow-up phase.
  • Subjects with stable or progressive disease may continue to receive study treatment with AG-221 at the discretion of the Investigator and with Medical Monitor approval.
  • All subjects are to undergo an end of treatment assessment (within approximately 5 days of the last dose of study drug); in addition, a follow-up safety assessment is to be scheduled 28 days after the last dose. Furthermore, all subjects will be followed monthly for disease status, overall survival, and initiation of non-study anti-neoplastic therapy, until death, withdrawal of consent, or the end of the study, whichever occurs first.
  • Subjects who achieve an adequate response to treatment with AG-221 and meet other criteria required to undergo hematopoietic stem cell transplant (HSCT) may proceed to HSCT after discontinuation of study therapy. Those subjects will be followed on study for outcome until relapse or end of study to support the overall clinical benefit of AG-221 in this setting.
  • Subjects who relapse following HSCT may be eligible to restart treatment with AG-221 with Medical Monitor approval and at the discretion of the Investigator, if they have confirmed recurrent IDH2 mutant positive disease, no other cancer treatment (with the exception of anti-neoplastic therapies used in the course of HSCT such as conditioning regimen or induction-type regimen and anti-GVHD prophylaxis [i.e., methotrexate]) besides HSCT was administered since the last dose of AG-221, the subject meets the safety parameters listed in the Inclusion/Exclusion criteria, and the trial is open. Subjects will resume AG-221 therapy at the same dose and schedule at the time of AG-221 treatment discontinuation prior to HSCT.
  • All subjects, including those who relapse following HSCT and elect not to restart treatment, will be followed monthly thereafter for assessment of survival status and non-study anti-neoplastic therapies since discontinuation of study drug until death or end of study.
  • Number of Subjects (Planned):
  • Approximately a minimum of 291 subjects in total is planned to be enrolled in the study (i.e., in the dose escalation, Part 1 Expansion, and Phase 2 portion of the trial).
  • Assuming that identification of the MTD/MAD requires the evaluation of 13 dose levels/schedules of COMPOUND 1 with up to 5 subjects per dose level, with the exception that the MTD/MAD requires 6 subjects, then 66 subjects will be enrolled during the dose escalation part of the study. Additional subjects may be needed for cohort expansion during dose escalation, for the replacement of subjects who are not evaluable for PK/PD, safety, or clinical activity, or for evaluation of alternative dosing regimens other than the planned escalation scheme or the MTD/MAD, to optimize the RP2D and regimen(s). Dose levels (ranging from 30 mg to 150 mg) have been evaluated in the BID schedule and 8 dose levels (ranging from 50 mg to 650 mg) have been evaluated in the QD schedule.
  • Four cohorts of a minimum of 25 additional subjects in specific hematologic malignancy subsets (total a minimum of 100 subjects) will be enrolled in Part 1 Expansion of the study.
  • The Phase 2 portion of the trial will enroll approximately 125 subjects with relapsed or refractory AML with an IDH2 mutation. Additional subjects may be needed for the replacement of subjects who are not evaluable for PK/PD, safety, and/or clinical activity, or for evaluation of alternative dosing regimens. The final total sample size may be adjusted according to the observed toxicity rate, and number of subjects enrolled for expanded evaluation.
  • Inclusion Criteria
  • Subjects must meet all of the following criteria to be enrolled in the study:
      • 1. Subject must be ≥18 years of age.
      • 2. Subjects must have advanced hematologic malignancy including:
  • Phase 1/Dose Escalation:
      • Diagnosis of AML according to World Health Organization (WHO) criteria;
        • Disease refractory or relapsed (defined as the reappearance of >5% blasts in the bone marrow).
        • Untreated AML, ≥60 years of age and are not candidates for standard therapy due to age, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the treating physician and with approval of the Medical Monitor;
      • Diagnosis of MDS according to WHO classification with refractory anemia with excess blasts (subtype RAEB-1 or RAEB-2), or considered high-risk by the Revised International Prognostic Scoring System (IPSS-R) that is recurrent or refractory, or the subject is intolerant to established therapy known to provide clinical benefit for their condition (i.e., subjects must not be candidates for regimens known to provide clinical benefit), according to the treating physician and with approval of the Medical Monitor. (Subjects with other relapsed and/or primary refractory hematologic cancers, for example CMML, who fulfill the inclusion/excluding criteria may be considered on a case-by case basis, with approval of the Medical Monitor.)
  • Phase 1/Part 1 Expansion:
      • Arm 1: Relapsed or refractory AML and age ≥60 years, or any subject with AML regardless of age who has relapsed following a BMT.
      • Arm 2: Relapsed or refractory AML and age <60 years, excluding subjects with AML who have relapsed following a BMT.
      • Arm 3: Untreated AML and age ≥60 years that decline standard of care chemotherapy.
      • Arm 4: IDH2-mutated advanced hematologic malignancies not eligible for Arms 1 to 3.
  • Phase 2:
      • Diagnosis of AML according to World Health Organization (WHO) criteria and disease relapsed or refractory as defined by:
        • Subjects who relapse after allogeneic transplantation;
        • Subjects in second or later relapse;
        • Subjects who are refractory to initial induction or re-induction treatment;
        • Subjects who relapse within 1 year of initial treatment, excluding patients with favorable-risk status according to NCCN Guidelines. Favorable-risk cytogenetics: inv(16), +(16;16), t(8;21), t(15;17).
      • 3. Subjects must have documented IDH2 gene-mutated disease:
        • For subjects in the dose escalation phase and Part 1 Expansion, IDH2 mutation may be based on local evaluation. (Centralized testing will be performed retrospectively).
      • 4. For subjects in the Phase 2 portion of the trial, central testing of IDH2 mutation in samples of bone marrow aspirate and peripheral blood, is required during screening to confirm eligibility. Subjects must be amenable to serial bone marrow sampling, peripheral blood sampling, and urine sampling during the study.
        • The diagnosis and evaluation of AML or MDS will be made by bone marrow aspiration and biopsy. If an aspirate is unobtainable (i.e., a “dry tap”), the diagnosis may be made from the core biopsy.
        • Screening bone marrow aspirate and peripheral blood samples are required for all subjects. A bone marrow biopsy must be collected if adequate aspirate is not attainable unless:
          • A bone marrow aspirate and biopsy was performed as part of the standard of care within 28 days prior to the start of the study treatment; and
          • Slides of bone marrow aspirate, biopsy and stained peripheral blood smear are available for both local and central pathology reviewers;
      • 5. Subjects must be able to understand and willing to sign an informed consent. A legally authorized representative may consent on behalf of a subject who is otherwise unable to provide informed consent, if acceptable to, and approved by, the site and/or site's Institutional Review Board (IRB)/Independent Ethic Committee (IEC).
      • 6. Subjects must have ECOG PS of 0 to 2.
      • 7. Platelet count ≥20,000/μL (Transfusions to achieve this level are allowed.) Subjects with a baseline platelet count of <20,000/μL due to underlying malignancy are eligible with Medical Monitor approval.
      • 8. Subjects must have adequate hepatic function as evidenced by:
        • Serum total bilirubin ≤1.5×upper limit of normal (ULN), unless considered due to Gilbert's disease, a gene mutation in UGT1A1, or leukemic organ involvement, following approval by the Medical Monitor;
        • Aspartate aminotransferase (AST), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), and alkaline phosphatase (ALP)≤3.0×ULN, unless considered due to leukemic organ involvement.
      • 9. Subjects must have adequate renal function as evidenced by:
        • Serum creatinine ≤2.0×ULN
        • OR
        • Creatinine clearance >40 mL/min based on the Cockroft-Gault glomerular filtration rate (GFR) estimation:

  • (140−Age)×(weight in kg)×(0.85 if female)/72×serum creatinine
      • 10. Subjects must be recovered from any clinically relevant toxic effects of any prior surgery, radiotherapy, or other therapy intended for the treatment of cancer. (Subjects with residual Grade 1 toxicity, for example Grade 1 peripheral neuropathy or residual alopecia, are allowed with approval of the Medical Monitor.)
      • 11. Female subjects with reproductive potential must agree to undergo medically supervised pregnancy test prior to starting study drug. The first pregnancy test will be performed at screening (within 7 days prior to first study drug administration), and on the day of the first study drug administration and confirmed negative prior to dosing and Day 1 before dosing all subsequent cycles.
      • 12. Female subjects with reproductive potential must have a negative serum pregnancy test within 7 days prior to the start of therapy. Subjects with reproductive potential are defined as sexually mature women who have not undergone a hysterectomy, bilateral oophorectomy or tubal occlusion or who have not been naturally postmenopausal (i.e., who have not menstruated at all) for at least 24 consecutive months (i.e., has had menses at any time in the preceding 24 consecutive months). Females of reproductive potential as well as fertile men and their partners who are female of reproductive potential must agree to abstain from sexual intercourse or to use two highly effective forms of contraception from the time of giving informed consent, during the study and for 120 days (females and males) following the last dose of COMPOUND 1. A highly effective form of contraception is defined as hormonal oral contraceptives, injectables, patches, intrauterine devices, double-barrier method (e.g., synthetic condoms, diaphragm, or cervical cap with spermicidal foam, cream, or gel), or male partner sterilization.
      • 13. Able to adhere to the study visit schedule (ie, clinic visits at the study sites are mandatory, unless noted otherwise for particular study visits) and other protocol requirements
  • Exclusion Criteria
  • Subjects who meet any of the following criteria will not be enrolled in the study:
      • 1. Subjects who have undergone a hematopoietic stem cell transplant (HSCT) within 60 days of the first dose of COMPOUND 1, or subjects on immunosuppressive therapy post HSCT at the time of screening, or with clinically significant graft-versus-host disease (GVHD). (The use of a stable dose of oral steroids post HSCT and/or topical steroids for ongoing skin GVHD is permitted with Medical Monitor approval.)
      • 2. Subjects who received systemic anticancer therapy or radiotherapy <14 days prior to their first day of study drug administration. (Hydroxyurea is allowed prior to enrollment and after the start of COMPOUND 1 for the control of peripheral leukemic blasts in subjects with leukocytosis (white blood cell [WBC] counts >30,000/μL).
      • 3. Subjects who received a small molecule investigational agent <14 days prior to their first day of study drug administration. In addition, the first dose of COMPOUND 1 should not occur before a period ≥5 half-lives of the investigational agent has elapsed.
      • 4. Subjects taking the following sensitive CYP substrate medications that have a narrow therapeutic range are excluded from the study unless they can be transferred to other medications within ≥5 half-lives prior to dosing: paclitaxel (CYP2C8) warfarin, phenytoin (CYP2C9), S-mephenytoin (CYP2C19), thioridazine (CYP2D6), theophylline and tizanidine (CYP1A2).
      • 5. Subjects taking the P-gp and BCRP transporter-sensitive substrates digoxin and rosuvastatin should be excluded from the study unless they can be transferred to other medications within ≥5 half-lives prior to dosing.
      • 6. Subjects for whom potentially curative anticancer therapy is available.
      • 7. Subjects who are pregnant or lactating.
      • 8. Subjects with an active severe infection that required anti-infective therapy or with an unexplained fever >38.5° C. during screening visits or on their first day of study drug administration (at the discretion of the Investigator, subjects with tumor fever may be enrolled).
      • 9. Subjects with known hypersensitivity to any of the components of COMPOUND 1.
      • 10. Subjects with New York Heart Association (NYHA) Class III or IV congestive heart failure or LVEF <40% by echocardiogram (ECHO) or multi-gated acquisition (MUGA) scan obtained within approximately 28 days of C1D1.
      • 11. Subjects with a history of myocardial infarction within the last 6 months of screening.
      • 12. Subjects with uncontrolled hypertension (systolic blood pressure [BP]>180 mmHg or diastolic BP >100 mmHg) at screening are excluded. Subjects requiring 2 or more medications to control hypertension are eligible with Medical Monitor approval.
      • 13. Subjects with known unstable or uncontrolled angina pectoris.
      • 14. Subjects with a known history of severe and/or uncontrolled ventricular arrhythmias.
      • 15. Subjects with a QTcF (QT corrected based on Fridericia's equation) interval ≥450 msec or other factors that increase the risk of QT prolongation or arrhythmic events (e.g., heart failure, hypokalemia, family history of long QT interval syndrome) at screening. Subjects with bundle branch block and a prolonged QTc interval should be reviewed by the Medical Monitor for potential inclusion.
      • 16. Subjects taking medications that are known to prolong the QT interval unless they can be transferred to other medications within ≥5 half-lives prior to dosing.
      • 17. Subjects with known infection with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or active hepatitis B or C.
      • 18. Subjects with any other medical or psychological condition, deemed by the Investigator to be likely to interfere with a subject's ability to sign informed consent, cooperate, or participate in the study.
      • 19. Subjects with known dysphagia, short-gut syndrome, gastroparesis, or other conditions that limit the ingestion or gastrointestinal absorption of drugs administered orally.
      • 20. Subjects with clinical symptoms suggesting active central nervous system (CNS) leukemia or known CNS leukemia. Evaluation of cerebrospinal fluid is only required if there is a clinical suspicion of CNS involvement by leukemia during screening.
      • 21. Subjects with immediately life-threatening, severe complications of leukemia such as uncontrolled bleeding, pneumonia with hypoxia or shock, and/or disseminated intravascular coagulation.
      • 22. In the Phase 2 portion of the trial only, subjects who have previously received treatment with an inhibitor of IDH.
  • Investigational Product, Dosage and Mode of Administration:
  • COMPOUND 1 (mesylate salt of 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino}-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]propan-2-ol) will be provided as 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150 and 200 mg free-base equivalent strength tablets to be administered orally.
  • Phase 1/Dose Escalation
  • The first 3 subjects in each cohort in the dose escalation portion of the study and the first 15 subjects in each arm of Part 1 Expansion will receive a single dose of study drug on Day −3; their next dose of study drug will be administered on C1D1 at which time subjects will start daily dosing on Days 1 to 28 in 28-day cycles. Starting with C1D1, dosing is continuous; there are no inter-cycle rest periods. Subjects who are not required to undergo the Day −3 PK/PD assessments will initiate daily dosing with COMPOUND 1 on C1D1.
  • Subjects are required to fast (water is allowed) for 2 hours prior to study drug administration and for 1 hour following study drug administration.
  • The dose of COMPOUND 1 administered to a subject will be dependent upon which dose cohort is open for enrollment when the subject qualifies for the study. The starting dose of COMPOUND 1 to be administered to the first cohort of subjects is 30 mg administered orally twice a day, and the maximum administered dose of COMPOUND 1 to be administered is 650 mg administered orally once a day.
  • Phase 1/Part 1 Expansion and Phase 2
  • The starting dose of COMPOUND 1 recommended for evaluation is 100 mg QD. This is based on the safety, PK, pharmacodynamics and clinical activity of COMPOUND 1 observed to date in AG221-C-001. Evaluation of pharmacodynamic response demonstrated sustained reduction in 2-HG plasma levels by Day 1 of Cycle 2 and up to 98% inhibition in most subjects with R140Q mutation at all doses. Increasing dose is associated with higher exposure and inhibition of 2-HG in subjects with R172K mutation. Importantly, preliminary efficacy data of the 44 subjects treated at 100 mg QD has shown an overall response rate of 36.4%. Thus a dose of 100 mg should adequately achieve inhibition of 2-HG in subjects with either R140Q or R172K mutation. Moreover, the safety profile at 100 mg, including ≥Grade 3, is consistent with that of lower doses.
  • Intra-Subject Dose Escalation is Possible.
  • A subset of the clinical samples from the trial described in Example 1 were analyzed at screening. Sample types included bone marrow, peripheral blood and mononuclear cells isolated from bone marrow or peripheral blood. DNAs were extracted from these samples and sequenced at Foundation Medicine (Heme Panel, see http://foundationone.com/learn.php) using next generation sequencing technique.
  • Duration of Treatment:
  • Subjects may continue treatment with COMPOUND 1 until disease progression or development of unacceptable toxicity. Subjects who experience disease progression per the applicable response criteria who are, in the opinion of the Investigator, benefiting from treatment may be allowed to continue on study drug with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • End of Study:
  • End of study is defined as the time at which:
      • all subjects have discontinued treatment with COMPOUND 1 and have been followed for survival for at least 12 months, or have died, been lost to follow up, or withdrew consent prior to at least 12 months of follow-up
      • or the date of receipt of the last data point from the last subject that is required for primary, secondary and/or exploratory analysis, as pre-specified in the protocol and/or the Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP), whichever is the later date.
  • Criteria for Evaluation:
  • Safety:
  • Monitoring of AEs, including determination of DLTs, serious adverse events (SAEs), and AEs leading to discontinuation; safety laboratory parameters; physical examination findings; vital signs; 12-lead ECGs; LVEF; and ECOG PS.
  • The severity of AEs will be assessed by the NCI CTCAE, Version 4.03.
  • Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics:
  • Serial blood sampling for determination of concentration-time profiles of COMPOUND 1 and its metabolite (6-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-N2-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine). Urine sampling for determination of concentrations of COMPOUND 1 and its metabolite (6-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-N2-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine) (dose escalation and Part 1 expansion subjects only). Blood and bone marrow sampling for determination of 2-HG and α-KG levels.
  • Clinical Activity:
  • Serial blood and bone marrow sampling to determine response to treatment based on modified IWG response criteria or other appropriate response criteria based on the malignancy under study.
  • Overall response rate (ORR), the primary efficacy endpoint, is defined as the rate of responders including complete remission (CR), CR with incomplete platelet recovery (CRp), marrow CR (mCR) (morphologic leukemia-free state [MLFS] for subjects with AML), CR with incomplete hematologic recovery (CRi), and partial remission (PR). Other measures of clinical activity including complete remission rate (CRR), duration of remission/response, event-free survival, overall survival, and time to remission/response will be summarized.
  • For Phase 1 Dose Escalation/Part 1 Expansion, the efficacy analysis of response rates as assessed by the site Investigators using modified International Working Group (IWG) response criteria will be conducted in Full Analysis Set for each dose level, expansion arm, and overall if appropriate. The analysis of Part 1 expansion arms may also include subjects from the dose-escalation phase who received the same dose/regimen as subjects in the expansion arms and who meet the eligibility criteria of individual arms.
  • For Phase 2 portion of the trial, the primary efficacy analysis of COMPOUND 1 will be determined by the Investigators based on modified International Working Group (IWG) response criteria. Response will be also be assessed retrospectively by an Independent Response Adjudication Committee (IRAC) using the Full Analysis Set (FAS). Key supportive analyses will be based on independent central review of response in FAS.
  • Analysis of a subset of the clinical samples from the trial for COMPOUND 1 was conducted. FIG. 13 provides a visual of FLT mutations according to response categories for COMPOUND 1. FIG. 13 profiles bone marrow at screening visit for patients only where genes were mutated in ≥2. In FIG. 13, genes (y-axis) are shown in decreasing order of frequency, with the exception of IDH2, while patients (x-axis) are grouped by response then by similarity in alterations; only patients from dose escalation phase with an evaluable response included.
  • In certain embodiments, the patients with AML characterized by somatic mutations in FLT3 are resistant to treatment of COMPOUND 1.
  • In certain embodiments, a combination therapy with COMPOUND 1 and one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway (e.g. quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036) is effective in treating AML in patients with AML characterized by somatic mutations in FLT3.
    • Example 2: A Phase 1, Multicenter, Open-Label, Dose-Escalation, Safety, Pharmacokinetic, Pharmacodynamic, and Clinical Activity Study of Orally Administered Compound 2 in Subjects with Advanced Hematologic Malignancies with an IDH1 Mutation
  • Indication:
  • Treatment of patients with advanced hematologic malignancies with an IDH1 mutation.
  • Objectives:
  • Primary:
  • To assess the safety and tolerability of treatment with COMPOUND 2 administered continuously as a single agent dosed orally on Days 1 to 28 of a 28-day cycle in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies. The initial dosing regimen will be twice daily (approximately every 12 hours). If warranted based on the emerging data, an alternative dosing schedule (e.g., once daily or three times daily), including administration of the same total daily dose using different dosing schedules in concurrent cohorts, may be explored as agreed upon by the Clinical Study Team.
  • To determine the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) and/or the recommended Phase 2 dose of COMPOUND 2 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies.
  • To assess the clinical activity of AG-120 in subjects with relapsed or refractory acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) with an IDH1 mutation who are enrolled in Arm 1 of the expansion phase.
  • Secondary:
  • To describe the dose-limiting toxicities (DLTs) of COMPOUND 2 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies.
  • To characterize the pharmacokinetics (PK) of COMPOUND 2 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies.
  • To evaluate the PK/pharmacodynamic (PD) relationship of COMPOUND 2 and 2-hydroxygluturate (2 HG).
  • To characterize the clinical activity associated with COMPOUND 2 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies.
  • Methodology:
  • This study is a Phase 1, multicenter, open-label, dose-escalation, safety, PK/PD, and clinical activity evaluation of orally administered COMPOUND 2 in subjects with advanced hematologic malignancies that harbor an IDH1 mutation. The study includes a dose escalation phase to determine MTD and/or RP2D followed by expansion arms to further evaluate the safety, tolerability, and clinical activity of COMPOUND 2 in select populations.
  • Dose Escalation Phase
  • The dose escalation phase will utilize a standard “3+3” design. During the dose escalation phase, consented eligible subjects with relapsed or refractory AML, untreated AML ≥60 years of age who are not candidates for standard therapy, or myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) with refractory anemia with excess blasts will be enrolled into sequential cohorts of increasing doses of COMPOUND 2. Each dose cohort will plan to enroll a minimum of 3 subjects. The first 3 subjects enrolled in each dosing cohort during the dose escalation phase of the study will initially receive a single dose of study drug on Day 3 (i.e., 3 days prior to the start of daily dosing) and undergo PK/PD assessments over 72 hours to evaluate drug concentrations and 2-HG levels. The next dose of study drug will be on Cycle 1 Day 1 (C1D1) at which time daily dosing will begin. The initial dosing regimen was twice daily (approximately every 12 hours). Based on the emerging data, a once daily (approximately every 24 hours) dosing schedule has been implemented. Alternative dosing schedules, including administration of the same total daily dose using different dosing schedules in concurrent cohorts, may be explored as agreed upon by the Clinical Study Team. If there are multiple subjects in the screening process at the time the third subject within a cohort begins treatment, up to 2 additional subjects may be enrolled with approval of the Medical Monitor. For these additional subjects, the Day 3 through Day 1 PK/PD assessments may be considered optional following discussion with the Medical Monitor.
  • The safety of dosing during the dose escalation phase will be evaluated by the Clinical Study Team, comprised of the Sponsor (Responsible Medical Officer), Study Medical Monitor, and Investigators. The Clinical Study Team will review the emerging safety data from each cohort to determine if dose escalation will occur.
  • Toxicity severity will be graded according to the National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (NCI CTCAE) version 4.03. A DLT is defined as outlined below.
  • Non-hematologic:
  • All non-hematologic toxicities CTCAE ≥Grade 3.
  • Hematologic:
  • Prolonged myelosuppression with persistence of ≥Grade 4 neutropenia or thrombocytopenia in the absence of leukemia (blast count <5%) at least 42 days after the initiation of Cycle 1 therapy.
  • Due to frequent co-morbidities and concurrent medications in the population under study, attribution of adverse events (AEs) to a particular drug is challenging. Therefore, all AEs that cannot clearly be determined to be unrelated to COMPOUND 2 will be considered relevant to determining DLTs and will be reviewed by the Clinical Study Team. The Clinical Study Team also will review any other emergent toxicities that are not explicitly defined by the DLT criteria to determine if any warrant a DLT designation.
  • If, after the third subject completes the 28-day DLT evaluation period (i.e., Cycle 1), no DLTs are observed, the study will proceed with dose escalation to the next cohort following safety review by the Clinical Study Team. If 1 of 3 subjects experiences a DLT during the first cycle, 3 additional subjects will be enrolled in that cohort. If none of the additional 3 subjects experience a DLT, dose escalation may continue to the next cohort following safety review by the Clinical Study Team. If 2 or more subjects in a cohort experience DLTs during the first cycle, dose escalation will be halted and the next lower dose level will be declared the MTD. Alternatively, a dose level intermediate between the dose level exceeding MTD and the previous does level may be explored and declared MTD if <2 out of 6 subjects experience a DLT at that dose. If the MTD cohort included only 3 subjects, an additional 3 subjects will be enrolled at that dose level to confirm that <2 of 6 subjects experience a DLT at that dose.
  • Increases in the dose of AG-120 for each dose cohort will be guided by an accelerated titration design, where the daily dose may be doubled (100% increase) from one cohort to the next until AG-120-related CTCAE Grade 2 or greater toxicity is observed in any subject within the cohort. Following evaluation by the Clinical Study Team, subsequent increases in dose will be guided by the observed toxicity, and potentially PK and PK/PD data, until the MTD is determined. The absolute percent increase in the daily dose will be determined by the Clinical Study Team predicated on the type and severity of any toxicity seen in the prior dose cohorts (but will never exceed 100%). The MTD is the highest dose that causes DLTs in <2 of 6 subjects.
  • If no DLTs are identified during the dose escalation phase, dose escalation may continue for at least 2 dose levels above the projected maximum clinically effective exposure, as determined by an ongoing assessment of PK/PD and any observed clinical activity; this may occur in parallel with the expansion phase.
  • To optimize the number of subjects treated at a potentially clinically relevant dose, intra-subject dose escalation will be permitted with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Expansion Phase
  • Following determination of the recommended dose and dosing regimen from the dose escalation phase, the expansion phase will open to further explore the dose in subjects with specific hematologic malignancies. During the expansion phase, 4 non-randomized arms of approximately 25 subjects per arm with IDH1-mutated hematologic malignancies will be enrolled as follows:
  • Arm 1: Relapsed or refractory AML defined as:
      • Subjects who relapse after transplantation;
      • Subjects in second or later relapse;
      • Subjects who are refractory to initial induction or reinduction treatment.
      • Subjects who relapse within 1 year of initial treatment, excluding patients with favorable-risk status according to NCCN Guidelines, version 1.2015.
  • Arm 2: Untreated AML who are not candidates for standard therapy due to age, comorbid condition, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the Investigator and with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Arm 3: Other non-AML IDH1-mutated relapsed and/or refractory advanced hematologic malignancies, where no standard of care treatment option is available. Such as:
      • Myelodysplastic syndrome that is recurrent or refractory after having failed hypomethylating agent(s) and with the approval of Medical Monitor.
      • Relapsed and/or primary refractory chronic myelomonocytic leukemia [CMML] with the approval of Medical Monitor.
      • Other non-AML IDH1-mutated relapsed and/or refractory advanced hematologic malignancy, that have failed standard of care or no standard of care treatment option is available according to the Investigator and with the approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Arm 4: Relapsed AML patients not eligible for Arm 1 that have failed available standard of care or are unable to receive standard of care due to age, comorbid condition, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the Investigator and with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • An interim analysis for safety and futility will be conducted for Arm 1 of the expansion phase at the time at which the first 25 subjects have been treated and followed for 2 cycles or discontinued earlier. If the objective response rate (ORR), defined as including all responses of complete remission (CR), CR with incomplete platelet recovery (CRp), morphologic leukemia-free state (MLFS), CR with incomplete hematologic recovery (CRi), and partial remission (PR), is <15% (i.e., <4 responders), then additional enrollment into Arm 1 may be terminated; if the ORR is ≥15%, an additional approximately 100 subjects will be enrolled. Enrollment will not be held for the interim analysis.
  • General Study Conduct
  • Following informed consent, all subjects will undergo screening procedures within 28 days prior to C1D1 to determine eligibility. All subjects are required to have confirmation of IDH1 R132 gene-mutated disease from a bone marrow aspirate and/or biopsy. For subjects in the dose escalation phase, documentation can be based on local site testing with central laboratory testing performed retrospectively. Subjects in the expansion phase are required to have IDH1 R132 gene-mutated disease based on central laboratory testing during screening prior to treatment. Additional screening procedures include medical, surgical, and medication history; a buccal swab for germ-line mutation analysis; complete physical examination; vital signs; Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status (PS); 12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG); left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF); clinical laboratory assessments (hematology, chemistry, coagulation, urinalysis, and serum pregnancy test); bone marrow biopsy and/or aspirate; and blood and bone marrow samples for 2-HG measurement and other exploratory assessments. In addition, subjects in the dose escalation phase will have urine samples for 2 HG measurement and blood samples for determination of plasma cholesterol and 4β-OH-cholesterol levels during screening.
  • Dose Escalation Phase:
  • Three days prior to starting the daily dosing of COMPOUND 2 (Day −3), the first 3 subjects enrolled in each cohort in the dose escalation phase will receive a single dose of COMPOUND 2 in clinic and have serial blood and urine samples obtained for determination of concentrations of COMPOUND 2 and 2-HG. A full 72-hour PK/PD profile will be conducted: subjects will be required to remain at the study site for 10 hours on Day −3 and return on Days −2, −1, and 1 for 24, 48, and 72 hour samples, respectively. Daily treatment with COMPOUND 2 will begin on C1D1; subjects in the dose escalation phase who did not undergo the Day −3 PK/PD assessments are to remain in clinic for 4 hours after the C1D1 dose for clinical observation.
  • Subjects in the dose escalation phase also will undergo PK/PD assessments over a 10-hour period on both C1D15 and C2D1. Additional pre-dose urine and/or blood sampling will be conducted on C1D8, C1D22, C2D15, C3D1, C3D15, and on Day 1 of all subsequent cycles for determination of COMPOUND 2 and 2-HG concentration. Available bone marrow biopsy samples also will be assessed for 2-HG levels.
  • Expansion Phase:
  • Subjects in the expansion phase are not required to undergo the Day −3 assessments; these subjects will undergo an 8-hour PK/PD profile conducted on Day 1 of Cycles 1 and 2. Additional blood samples for PK/PD assessments will be drawn pre-dose (within 30 minutes) on Days 8 and 15 of Cycle 1, Day 1 of Cycle 3, on Day 1 of all subsequent cycles, and at the End of Treatment visit. Time-matched 12-lead ECGs will be conducted in triplicate on Day 1 of Cycles 1 and 2; a triplicate ECG also will be conducted at the End of Treatment visit. Single 12-lead ECGs will be conducted at Screening, 4 hours post-dose on Days 8 and 15 of Cycle 1, on Day 1 of every cycle beginning with Cycle 3, and at the Follow-up visit. Available bone marrow biopsy samples will be assessed for 2-HG levels.
  • Other Safety Assessments:
  • All subjects will undergo safety assessments during the treatment period to include physical examination, vital signs, ECOG PS, 12-lead ECGs, LVEF, and clinical laboratory assessments (hematology, chemistry, coagulation, urinalysis, and pregnancy testing).
  • Clinical Activity Assessments:
  • All subjects will have the extent of their disease assessed, including bone marrow biopsies and/or aspirates and peripheral blood, at screening, on Day 15 (dose escalation phase only), on Day 29, every 28 days thereafter through Month 12, and then every 56 days thereafter while on study drug treatment, independent of dose delays and/or dose interruptions, and/or at any time when progression of disease is suspected. Note that the Day 15 bone marrow evaluation during dose escalation should not be used to determine study treatment continuation status. Response to treatment and treatment decisions in all subjects will be determined by the Investigators based on modified International Working Group (IWG) response criteria or other appropriate response criteria for the malignancy under study. For subjects with relapsed or refractory AML enrolled in the expansion phase, response also will be assessed by an Independent Review Committee.
  • End of Treatment and Follow-Up:
  • Subjects may continue treatment with COMPOUND 2 until disease progression, development of other unacceptable toxicity, confirmed pregnancy, undergoing a hematopoietic stem cell transplant (HSCT), death, withdrawal of consent, lost to follow-up, or Sponsor ending the study, whichever occurs first. Subjects who experience disease progression per the applicable response criteria who are, in the opinion of the Investigator, benefiting from treatment may be allowed to continue on study drug with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • All subjects are to undergo an end of treatment assessment (within approximately 5 days of the last dose of study drug); in addition, a follow-up safety assessment is to be scheduled 28 days after the last dose.
  • Subjects who achieve an adequate response to treatment with COMPOUND 2 and meet other criteria required to undergo HSCT may proceed to HSCT after discontinuation of COMPOUND 2 and will be followed on study for disease evaluation (approximately monthly, as standard of care) and any new bone marrow transplant (BMT) conditioning antineoplastic therapies received until disease relapse, death, withdrawal of consent, lost to follow-up, or end of study. If a subject discontinues COMPOUND 2 to undergo HSCT, but is then deemed ineligible for HSCT, the subject may restart COMPOUND 2 with Medical Monitor approval. Subjects who fail HSCT and have recurrent IDH1-mutant positive disease may be eligible to restart treatment with COMPOUND 2 with Medical Monitor approval.
  • All subjects, including those who relapse following HSCT and elect not to restart treatment, will enter survival follow-up and will be contacted monthly for assessment of survival status and BMT conditioning antineoplastic therapies since discontinuation of study drug until death, withdrawal of consent, lost to follow-up, or end of study.
  • Concomitant medications do not need to be avoided while subjects are no longer receiving COMPOUND 2 ie, HSCT or survival follow-up periods).
  • Number of Subjects (Planned):
  • It is estimated that approximately 236 subjects will be enrolled in the study.
  • Assuming that identification of the MTD requires the evaluation of 7 dose levels of AG-120 with 3 to 5 subjects per dose level, with the exception that the MTD requires 6 subjects, then 36 subjects will be enrolled during the dose escalation part of the study.
  • Four cohorts of approximately 25 subjects each in specific hematologic malignancies (total 100 subjects) will initially be enrolled in the expansion phase of the study with the possible additional enrollment of 100 subjects with relapsed or refractory AML in Arm 1 depending on review of safety and clinical activity at the interim analysis.
  • Additional subjects may be enrolled during dose escalation, for the replacement of subjects who are not evaluable for the assessment of dose escalation, for evaluation of alternative dosing regimens or for further exploring safety, PK, PK/PD, or preliminary clinical activity used to guide the selection of the RP2D.
  • Diagnosis and Main Criteria for Inclusion:
  • Inclusion Criteria:
  • Subjects must meet all of the following criteria to be enrolled in the study: Subjects must be ≥18 years of age.
  • Subjects must have an advanced hematologic malignancy including:
  • Dose Escalation Phase:
  • Relapsed and/or primary refractory AML as defined by World Health Organization (WHO) criteria; or
  • Untreated AML, ≥60 years of age and are not candidates for standard therapy due to age, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the treating physician and with approval of the Medical Monitor;
  • Myelodysplastic syndrome with refractory anemia with excess blasts (subtype RAEB-1 or RAEB-2), or considered high-risk by the Revised International Prognostic Scoring System (IPSS-R) Greenberg et al. Blood. 2012; 120(12):2454-65 that is recurrent or refractory, or the subject is intolerant to established therapy known to provide clinical benefit for their condition (i.e., subjects must not be candidates for regimens known to provide clinical benefit), according to the treating physician and with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • (Subjects with other relapsed and/or primary refractory hematologic cancers, for example CMML, who fulfill the inclusion/excluding criteria may be considered on a case-by case basis, with approval of the Medical Monitor.)
  • Expansion Phase:
  • Arm 1: Relapsed or refractory AML, defined as:
      • Subjects who relapse after transplantation;
      • Subjects in second or later relapse;
      • Subjects who are refractory to initial induction or reinduction treatment.
      • Subjects who relapse within 1 year of initial treatment, excluding patients with favorable-risk status according to NCCN Guidelines, version 1.2015.
  • Arm 2: Untreated AML who are not candidates for standard therapy due to age, cormorbid condition, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the Investigator and with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Arm 3: Other non-AML IDH1-mutated relapsed and/or refractory advanced hematologic malignancies, where no standard of care treatment option is available. Such as:
      • Myelodysplastic syndrome that is recurrent or refractory after having failed hypomethylating agent(s) and with the approval of Medical Monitor.
      • Relapsed and/or primary refractory CMML with the approval of Medical Monitor
      • Other non-AML IDH1-mutated relapsed and/or refractory advanced hematologic malignancy, that have failed standard of care or no standard of care treatment option is available according to the Investigator and with the approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Arm 4: Relapsed AML patients not eligible for Arm 1 that have failed available standard of care or are unable to receive standard of care due to age, comorbid condition, performance status, and/or adverse risk factors, according to the Investigator and with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • Subjects must have documented IDH1 R132 gene-mutated disease
      • For subjects in the dose escalation phase, IDH1 mutation may be based on local evaluation. (Centralized testing will be performed retrospectively.)
      • For subjects in the expansion phase, central testing of IDH1 gene-mutated disease is required during screening to confirm eligibility.
  • Subjects must be amenable to serial bone marrow sampling, peripheral blood sampling, and urine sampling during the study.
      • The diagnosis and evaluation of AML or MDS will be made by bone marrow aspiration and/or biopsy. If an aspirate is unobtainable (i.e., a “dry tap”), the diagnosis may be made from the core biopsy.
  • Subject must be able to understand and willing to sign an informed consent. A legally authorized representative may consent on behalf of a subject who is otherwise unable to provide informed consent, if acceptable to and approved by the site and/or site's Institutional Review Board (IRB).
  • Subjects must have ECOG PS of 0 to 2.
  • Platelet count ≥20,000/μL (Transfusions to achieve this level are allowed.) Subjects with a baseline platelet count of <20,000/4, due to underlying malignancy are eligible with Medical Monitor approval.
  • Subjects must have adequate hepatic function as evidenced by:
      • Serum total bilirubin ≤1.5×upper limit of normal (ULN), unless considered due to Gilbert's disease or leukemic involvement;
      • Aspartate aminotransferase (AST), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), and alkaline phosphatase (ALP)≤3.0×ULN, unless considered due to leukemic involvement.
  • Subjects must have adequate renal function as evidenced by:
      • Serum creatinine ≤2.0×UL OR
      • Creatinine clearance >40 mL/min based on the Cockroft-Gault glomerular filtration rate (GFR) estimation: (140−Age)×(weight in kg)×(0.85 if female)/72×serum creatinine
  • Subjects must be recovered from any clinically relevant toxic effects of any prior surgery, radiotherapy, or other therapy intended for the treatment of cancer. (Subjects with residual Grade 1 toxicity, for example Grade 1 peripheral neuropathy or residual alopecia, are allowed with approval of the Medical Monitor.)
  • Female subjects with reproductive potential must agree to undergo medically supervised pregnancy test prior to starting study drug. The first pregnancy test will be performed at screening (within 7 days prior to first study drug administration), and on the day of the first study drug administration and confirmed negative prior to dosing and Day 1 before dosing all subsequent cycles.
  • Female subjects with reproductive potential must have a negative serum pregnancy test within 7 days prior to the start of therapy. Subjects with reproductive potential are defined as sexually mature women who have not undergone a hysterectomy, bilateral oophorectomy or tubal occlusion or who have not been naturally postmenopausal (i.e., who have not menstruated at all) for at least 24 consecutive months (i.e., has had menses at any time in the preceding 24 consecutive months). Females of reproductive potential as well as fertile men and their partners who are female of reproductive potential must agree to abstain from sexual intercourse or to use two highly effective forms of contraception from the time of giving informed consent, during the study and for 90 days (females and males) following the last dose ofCOMPOUND 2. A highly effective form of contraception is defined as hormonal oral contraceptives, injectables, patches, intrauterine devices, double-barrier method (e.g., synthetic condoms, diaphragm, or cervical cap with spermicidal foam, cream, or gel), or male partner sterilization.
  • Exclusion Criteria:
  • Subjects who meet any of the following criteria will not be enrolled in the study:
  • Subjects who previously received prior treatment with a mutant-specific IDH1 inhibitor and progressed on therapy.
  • Subjects who have undergone hematopoietic stem cell transplant (HSCT) within 60 days of the first dose of COMPOUND 2, or subjects on immunosuppressive therapy post HSCT at the time of screening, or with clinically significant graft-versus-host disease (GVHD). (The use of a stable dose of oral steroids post HSCT and/or topical steroids for ongoing skin GVHD is permitted with Medical Monitor approval.)
  • Subjects who received systemic anticancer therapy or radiotherapy <14 days prior to their first day of study drug administration. (Hydroxyurea is allowed prior to enrollment and after the start of COMPOUND 2 for the control of peripheral leukemic blasts in subjects with leukocytosis (white blood cell [WBC] counts >30,000/μL).
  • Subjects who received an investigational agent <14 days prior to their first day of study drug administration. In addition, the first dose of COMPOUND 2 should not occur before a period ≥5 half-lives of the investigational agent has elapsed.
  • Subjects taking sensitive cytochrome P450 (CYP) 3A4 substrate medications are excluded from the study unless they can be transferred to other medications within ≥5 half-lives prior to dosing, or unless the medications can be properly monitored during the study.
  • Subjects taking P-glycoprotein (P-gp) transporter-sensitive substrate medications are excluded from the study unless they can be transferred to other medications within ≥5 half-lives prior to dosing, or unless the medications can be properly monitored during the study.
  • Subjects for whom potentially curative anticancer therapy is available.
  • Subjects who are pregnant or breast feeding.
  • Subjects with an active severe infection that required anti-infective therapy or with an unexplained fever >38.5° C. during screening visits or on their first day of study drug administration (at the discretion of the Investigator, subjects with tumor fever may be enrolled).
  • Subjects with known hypersensitivity to any of the components of COMPOUND 2.
  • Subjects with New York Heart Association (NYHA) Class III or IV congestive heart failure or LVEF <40% by echocardiogram (ECHO) or multi-gated acquisition (MUGA) scan obtained within approximately 28 days of C1D1.
  • Subjects with a history of myocardial infarction within the last 6 months of screening.
  • Subjects with known unstable or uncontrolled angina pectoris.
  • Subjects with a known history of severe and/or uncontrolled ventricular arrhythmias.
  • Subjects with QTc interval ≥450 msec or with other factors that increase the risk of QT prolongation or arrhythmic events (e.g., heart failure, hypokalemia, family history of long QT interval syndrome) at screening. Subjects with bundle branch block and a prolonged QTc interval should be reviewed by the Medical Monitor for potential inclusion.
  • Subjects taking medications that are known to prolong the QT interval unless they can be transferred to other medications within ≥5 half-lives prior to dosing or unless the medications can be properly monitored during the study.
  • Subjects with known infection with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or active hepatitis B or C.
  • Subjects with any other medical or psychological condition, deemed by the Investigator to be likely to interfere with a subject's ability to sign informed consent, cooperate, or participate in the study.
  • Subjects with known dysphagia, short-gut syndrome, gastroparesis, or other conditions that limit the ingestion or gastrointestinal absorption of drugs administered orally.
  • Subjects with clinical symptoms suggesting active central nervous system (CNS) leukemia or known CNS leukemia. Evaluation of cerebrospinal fluid is only required if there is a clinical suspicion of CNS involvement by leukemia during screening.
  • Subjects with immediately life-threatening, severe complications of leukemia such as uncontrolled bleeding, pneumonia with hypoxia or shock, and/or disseminated intravascular coagulation.
  • Investigational Product, Dosage and Mode of Administration
  • COMPOUND 2 will be provided as 10, 50, 200, and 250 mg strength tablets to be administered orally.
  • The first 3 subjects in each dose escalation cohort in the dose escalation portion of the study will receive a single dose of study drug on Day −3; their next dose of study drug will be administered on C1D1 at which time subjects will start dosing daily on Days 1 to 28 in 28-day cycles, with plans to explore alternative dosing regimens if warranted. Starting with C1D1, dosing is continuous; there are no inter-cycle rest periods. Subjects who are not required to undergo the Day −3 PK/PD assessments will initiate daily dosing with COMPOUND 2 on C1D1.
  • The dose of COMPOUND 2 administered to a subject will be dependent upon which dose cohort is open for enrollment when the subject qualifies for the study. The starting dose of AG-120 to be administered to the first cohort of subjects in the dose escalation phase is 100 mg administered orally twice a day (200 mg/day). The starting dose and regimen for subjects in the expansion phase (500 mg QD) was based on safety, PK, PK/PD, and clinical activity results from the dose-escalation phase of the studywill be provided as 10, 50 and 200 mg strength tablets to be administered orally.
  • Duration of Treatment:
  • Subjects may continue treatment with COMPOUND 2 until disease progression, development of other unacceptable toxicity, confirmed pregnancy, undergoing HSCT, death, withdrawal of consent, lost to follow-up, or Sponsor ending the study, whichever occurs first. Subjects who experience disease progression per the applicable response criteria who are, in the opinion of the Investigator, benefiting from treatment may be allowed to continue on study drug with approval of the Medical Monitor.
  • End of Study:
  • End of study is defined as the time at which all subjects have discontinued treatment with COMPOUND 2 and have been followed for survival for at least 12 months, or have died, been lost to follow up, or withdrew consent prior to 12 months of follow-up.
  • Criteria for Evaluation:
  • Safety:
  • Monitoring of AEs, including determination of DLTs, serious adverse events (SAEs), and AEs leading to discontinuation; safety laboratory parameters; physical examination findings; vital signs; 12-lead ECGs; LVEF; and ECOG PS.
  • The severity of AEs will be assessed by the NCI CTCAE, version 4.03.
  • Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics:
  • Serial blood sampling for determination of concentration-time profiles of COMPOUND 2. Blood and bone marrow sampling for determination of 2-HG levels. Urine sampling for determination of urinary concentrations of COMPOUND 2 and 2-HG levels (dose escalation subjects only).
  • Clinical Activity:
  • Serial blood and bone marrow sampling to determine response to treatment based on modified IWG response criteria in AML or other appropriate response criteria based on the malignancy under study.
  • Response to treatment as assessed by the site Investigators using modified IWG or other appropriate response criteria for the disease under study will be tabulated. Response will be summarized by best objective response categories, complete remission rate (CRR), and objective response rate (ORR), including all responses of CR, CRp, mCR (morphologic leukemia-free state [MLFS] for subjects with AML), CRi, and PR. Other measures of clinical activity, including duration of complete remission, duration of response, event-free survival, overall survival, and time to remission/response will be summarized.
  • The primary analysis of the clinical activity of COMPOUND 2 for the expansion phase will be based on Investigator review of response (CRR, ORR, and duration of remission/response) using the Full Analysis Set. Key supportive analyses will be based on the central independent review. Additional efficacy analyses may be conducted using the Efficacy Analysis Set.
  • A analysis of a subset of the clinical samples from the trial for COMPOUND 2 was conducted. FIG. 14 provides a visual of FLT mutations according to response categories for COMPOUND 2. FIG. 14 profiles bone marrow at screening visit for patients only where genes were mutated in ≥2. In FIG. 14, genes (y-axis) are shown in decreasing order of frequency, with the exception of IDH2, while patients (x-axis) are grouped by response then by similarity in alterations; only patients from dose escalation phase with an evaluable response included.
  • In certain embodiments, the patients with AML characterized by somatic mutations in FLT3 are resistant to treatment of COMPOUND 2.
  • In certain embodiments, a combination therapy with COMPOUND 2 and one or more compounds that target a FLT3 pathway (e.g. FLT3 inhibitor selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib or DCC-2036) is effective in treating AML, in patients with AML characterized by somatic mutations in FLT3.
  • Having thus described several aspects of several embodiments, it is to be appreciated various alterations, modifications, and improvements will readily occur to those skilled in the art. Such alterations, modifications, and improvements are intended to be part of this disclosure, and are intended to be within the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the foregoing description and drawings are by way of example only.

Claims (35)

1. A method of treating a hematological malignancy in a subject comprising administering to the subject a mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (IDH1) inhibitor (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, having the following formula:
Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, metabolite, or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 2), wherein the hematological malignancy is a malignancy characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
2. A method of treating a solid tumor in a subject comprising administering to the subject a mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (IDH1) inhibitor (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, having the following formula:
Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00005
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, metabolite, or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 2), wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
3. A method of treating a hematological malignancy in a subject comprising administering to the subject a mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (IDH1) inhibitor (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, having the following formula:
Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00006
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, metabolite, or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 2) in combination with a FLT3 inhibitor, wherein the hematological malignancy is a malignancy characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
4. A method of treating a solid tumor in a subject comprising administering to the subject a mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (IDH1) inhibitor (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, having the following formula:
Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00007
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, metabolite, or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 2) in combination with a FLT3 inhibitor, wherein the solid tumor characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
5. The method of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the IDH1 mutation is an IDH1 R132X mutation.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the IDH1 mutation is an IDH1 R132H, R132C, R132L, R132V, R132S or R132G mutation.
7. The method of any one of claims 3 to 6, wherein the FLT3 inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
8. The method of claim 1 or 3, wherein the malignancy is acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS, myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2 to the subject.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the malignancy is acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
10. The method of claim 2 or 4, wherein the solid tumor is glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC)), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2 to the subject.
11. The method of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the dose of COMPOUND 2 is administered at a dose of about 20 to about 2000 mg/day.
12. The method of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the dose of COMPOUND 2 is administered at a dose of about 50 to about 500 mg/day.
13. A method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with an IDH1 inhibitor.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 2.
15. A method of identifying a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination of an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 pathway inhibitor, comprising: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject having cancer; (b) screening the biological sample for an IDH1 mutation and a FLT3 mutation; and (c) if the cancer is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3, identifying the subject as a cancer subject suitable for treatment with a combination therapy with an IDH1 inhibitor and a FLT3 inhibitor.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the IDH1 inhibitor is COMPOUND 2.
17. The method of claim 15 or 16, wherein the FLT3 inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
18. The method of any one of claims 13 to 17, wherein the cancer is a solid tumor or a hematologic malignancy.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the hematologic malignancy is AML.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the AML is relapsed or refractory.
21. The method of any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein the mutant FLT3 is FLT3-ITD or FLT3-KDM.
22. The method of any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the mutant FLT3 is FLT3-ITD.
23. A compound for use in a method of treating a hematological malignancy in a subject, wherein the compound is a mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (IDH1) inhibitor (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide having the following formula:
Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00008
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, metabolite, or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 2), wherein the hematological malignancy is a malignancy characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
24. A compound for use in a method of treating a solid tumor in a subject, wherein the compound is a mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (IDH1) inhibitor (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide having the following formula:
Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00009
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, metabolite, or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 2), wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the absence of a FLT3 mutation.
25. A compound for use in a method of treating a hematological malignancy in a subject, wherein the compound is a mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (IDH1) inhibitor (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide having the following formula:
Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00010
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, metabolite, or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 2) in combination with a FLT3 inhibitor, wherein the hematological malignancy is a malignancy characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
26. A compound for use in a method of treating a solid tumor in a subject, wherein the compound is a mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (IDH1) inhibitor (S)—N—((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)-1-(4-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-N-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide having the following formula:
Figure US20200261434A1-20200820-C00011
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, prodrug, metabolite, or a polymorph thereof (COMPOUND 2) in combination with a FLT3 inhibitor, wherein the solid tumor is characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and a mutant FLT3.
27. The compound for use of any one of claims 23 to 26, wherein the IDH1 mutation is an IDH1 R132H, R132C, R132L, R132V, R132S or R132G mutation.
28. The compound for use of any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the FLT3 inhibitor is selected from quizartinib (AC220), sunitinib (SU11248), sorafenib (BAY 43-9006), midostaurin (PKC412), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), crenolanib (CP-868596), PLX3397, E6201, AKN-028, ponatinib (AP24534), ASP2215, KW-2449, famitinib and DCC-2036.
29. The compound for use of claim 23 or 25, wherein the malignancy is acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS, myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), B-acute lymphoblastic leukemias (B-ALL), or lymphoma (e.g., T-cell lymphoma), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2 to the subject.
30. The compound for use of claim 29, wherein the malignancy is acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1.
31. The compound for use of claim 30, wherein the AML is relapsed or refractory.
32. The compound for use of claim 24 or 26, wherein the solid tumor is glioma, melanoma, chondrosarcoma, cholangiocarcinoma (including intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (IHCC), prostate cancer, colon cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), each characterized by the presence of a mutant allele of IDH1 and the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of COMPOUND 2 to the subject.
33. The compound for use of any one of claims 23 to 32, wherein the dose of COMPOUND 2 is about 20 to about 2000 mg/day or about 50 to about 500 mg/day.
34. The compound for use of any one of claims 25 to 33, wherein the mutant FLT3 is FLT3-ITD or FLT3-KDM.
35. The compound for use of any one of claims 25 to 34, wherein the mutant FLT3 is FLT3-ITD.
US16/869,238 2016-02-26 2020-05-07 Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malignancies and solid tumors Abandoned US20200261434A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/869,238 US20200261434A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2020-05-07 Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malignancies and solid tumors

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662300673P 2016-02-26 2016-02-26
PCT/US2016/064845 WO2017146795A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2016-12-02 Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malignancies and solid tumours
US201816079802A 2018-08-24 2018-08-24
US16/869,238 US20200261434A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2020-05-07 Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malignancies and solid tumors

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/079,802 Continuation US20190046512A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2016-12-02 Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malgnancies and solid tumors
PCT/US2016/064845 Continuation WO2017146795A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2016-12-02 Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malignancies and solid tumours

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20200261434A1 true US20200261434A1 (en) 2020-08-20

Family

ID=57610404

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/368,405 Active US10137130B2 (en) 2016-02-26 2016-12-02 Methods of treatment of malignancies
US16/079,802 Abandoned US20190046512A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2016-12-02 Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malgnancies and solid tumors
US16/869,238 Abandoned US20200261434A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2020-05-07 Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malignancies and solid tumors

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/368,405 Active US10137130B2 (en) 2016-02-26 2016-12-02 Methods of treatment of malignancies
US16/079,802 Abandoned US20190046512A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2016-12-02 Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malgnancies and solid tumors

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (3) US10137130B2 (en)
EP (2) EP3419593B1 (en)
JP (3) JP6856657B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20180114202A (en)
CN (1) CN109069410B (en)
AU (2) AU2016393870B2 (en)
CA (2) CA3015753A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2912909T3 (en)
IL (2) IL261333B (en)
MA (1) MA43640A (en)
MX (3) MX2018010261A (en)
WO (2) WO2017146795A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022056453A1 (en) * 2020-09-14 2022-03-17 Totus Medicines Inc. Therapeutic conjugates

Families Citing this family (43)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9474779B2 (en) 2012-01-19 2016-10-25 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutically active compositions and their methods of use
US20150031627A1 (en) 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc Therapeutically active compounds and their methods of use
KR102400737B1 (en) 2014-03-14 2022-05-20 아지오스 파마슈티컬스 아이엔씨. Pharmaceutical compositions of therapeutically active compounds
MX2017003637A (en) 2014-09-19 2018-01-24 Forma Therapeutics Inc Phenyl quinolinone derivatives as mutant-isocitrate dehydrogenase inhibitors.
WO2016044781A1 (en) 2014-09-19 2016-03-24 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Quinolinone pyrimidines compositions as mutant-isocitrate dehydrogenase inhibitors
EA034336B1 (en) 2014-09-19 2020-01-29 Форма Терапьютикс, Инк. Pyridin-2(1h)-one quinolinone derivatives as mutant-isocitrate dehydrogenase inhibitors
ES2706525T3 (en) 2014-09-19 2019-03-29 Forma Therapeutics Inc Pyridinylquinolinone derivatives as inhibitors of mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase
WO2016053850A1 (en) 2014-09-29 2016-04-07 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutically active compounds and their methods of use
KR102628370B1 (en) 2015-02-04 2024-01-24 르 라보레또레 쎄르비에르 Therapeutically active compounds and methods of their use
US10407419B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2019-09-10 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Quinolinone five-membered heterocyclic compounds as mutant-isocitrate dehydrogenase inhibitors
US10294206B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2019-05-21 Forma Tm2, Inc. Fused-bicyclic aryl quinolinone derivatives as mutant-isocitrate dehydrogenase inhibitors
EP3362065B1 (en) 2015-10-15 2024-04-03 Les Laboratoires Servier Combination therapy comprising ivosidenib, cytarabine and daunorubicin or idarubicin for treating acute myelogenous leukemia
EP3362070B1 (en) 2015-10-15 2021-01-27 Celgene Corporation Combination of a mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 2 inhibitor with azacitidine and its use for treating acute myelogenous leukemia
JP2018534288A (en) 2015-10-15 2018-11-22 アジオス ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Combination therapy for the treatment of malignant tumors
AU2016338557B2 (en) 2015-10-15 2022-05-26 Celgene Corporation Combination therapy for treating malignancies
US20180042930A1 (en) * 2016-08-03 2018-02-15 Celgene Corporation Methods of treatment of malignancies
NZ751112A (en) 2016-09-07 2024-03-22 Celgene Corp Tablet compositions
WO2018204787A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-08 Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center Methods of treatment of myeloproliferative neoplasm
US11709164B2 (en) 2017-10-26 2023-07-25 National University Of Singapore Approach for universal monitoring of minimal residual disease in acute myeloid leukemia
WO2019109095A1 (en) * 2017-12-01 2019-06-06 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Arsenic trioxide and retinoic acid compounds for treatment of idh2-associated disorders
US11311527B2 (en) 2018-05-16 2022-04-26 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibiting mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (mIDH-1)
US11013734B2 (en) 2018-05-16 2021-05-25 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Treating patients harboring an isocitrate dehydrogenase-1 (IDH-1) mutation
US11576906B2 (en) 2018-05-16 2023-02-14 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibiting mutant IDH-1
US11013733B2 (en) 2018-05-16 2021-05-25 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibiting mutant isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 (mlDH-1)
WO2019222551A1 (en) 2018-05-16 2019-11-21 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Solid forms of ((s)-5-((1-(6-chloro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydroquinolin-3-yl)ethyl)amino)-1-methyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridine-2-carbonitrile
US10980788B2 (en) 2018-06-08 2021-04-20 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapy for treating malignancies
EA202190217A1 (en) * 2018-07-06 2021-04-16 Аджиос Фармасьютикалз, Инк. FORMS OF IVOSIDENIB AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
US20210299233A1 (en) * 2018-07-12 2021-09-30 The Children's Medical Center Corporation Method for treating cancer
WO2020090968A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Granule containing anti-tumor agent
US20220017489A1 (en) * 2018-11-02 2022-01-20 Celgene Corporation Solid dispersions for treatment of cancer
US20220017490A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2022-01-20 Celgene Corporation Co-crystals of 2-methyl-1 -[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-6-{[2-(trifluoromethyl) pyridin-4-yl]amino}-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]propan-2-ol, compositions and methods of use thereof
US20210403452A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2021-12-30 Celgene Corporation Solid forms of 2-methyl-1-[(4-[6-(trifluoromethyl) pyridin-2-yl]-6-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]amino}-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) amino]propan-2-ol
WO2020117868A1 (en) * 2018-12-03 2020-06-11 Beth Israel-Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Arsenic compounds and retinoic acid compounds for treatment of idh-associated disorders
WO2020117867A1 (en) * 2018-12-03 2020-06-11 Beth Israel-Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Darinaparsin and retinoic acid compounds for treatment of idh-associated disorders
KR102035479B1 (en) * 2019-04-12 2019-10-23 한국지질자원연구원 A controlled-release composition comptrising a clay mineral complex for oral administration
KR20220045189A (en) 2019-08-12 2022-04-12 데시페라 파마슈티칼스, 엘엘씨. How to treat gastrointestinal stromal tumors
TW202122082A (en) 2019-08-12 2021-06-16 美商迪賽孚爾製藥有限公司 Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
CN112773797A (en) * 2019-11-11 2021-05-11 江苏恒瑞医药股份有限公司 Application of pyrrolo six-membered heterocyclic compound in preparation of medicine for treating FLT3 mutant tumor
KR20220101148A (en) 2019-11-14 2022-07-19 셀진 코포레이션 Pediatric formulations for the treatment of cancer
AU2020419197B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2023-08-31 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Amorphous kinase inhibitor formulations and methods of use thereof
CN115243681A (en) 2019-12-30 2022-10-25 德西费拉制药有限责任公司 Compositions of 1- (4-bromo-5- (1-ethyl-7- (methylamino) -2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl) -2-fluorophenyl) -3-phenylurea
WO2023129667A1 (en) 2021-12-30 2023-07-06 Biomea Fusion, Inc. Pyrazine compounds as inhibitors of flt3
US11779572B1 (en) 2022-09-02 2023-10-10 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2248908T7 (en) 1997-06-06 2014-11-24 Depomed, Inc. Dosage forms of drugs orally and gastric retention for continued release of highly soluble drugs
US6635280B2 (en) 1997-06-06 2003-10-21 Depomed, Inc. Extending the duration of drug release within the stomach during the fed mode
AU767812B2 (en) 2000-02-04 2003-11-27 Depomed, Inc. Shell-and-core dosage form approaching zero-order drug release
US6723340B2 (en) 2001-10-25 2004-04-20 Depomed, Inc. Optimal polymer mixtures for gastric retentive tablets
ES2740424T3 (en) 2009-03-13 2020-02-05 Agios Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods and compositions for disorders related to cell proliferation
CA2755976C (en) * 2009-03-23 2020-04-07 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Methods of treatment using combination therapy
ES2594402T3 (en) 2009-10-21 2016-12-20 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for disorders related to cell proliferation
SG10201602862RA (en) 2012-01-06 2016-05-30 Agios Pharmaceuticals Inc Therapeutically Active Compounds And Their Methods Of Use
US9474779B2 (en) * 2012-01-19 2016-10-25 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutically active compositions and their methods of use
BR112015016282A2 (en) * 2013-01-07 2017-07-11 Arog Pharmaceuticals Inc crenolanib for treatment of mutated flt3 proliferative disorders
MX2016000336A (en) 2013-07-11 2016-08-08 Agios Pharmaceuticals Inc N,6-bis(aryl or heteroaryl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine compounds as idh2 mutants inhibitors for the treatment of cancer.
CA2919382A1 (en) 2013-08-02 2015-02-05 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutically active compounds and their methods of use
CA2842635A1 (en) 2014-01-20 2015-07-20 University Health Network Pre-cancerous cells and their identification in the prevention and treatment of cancer
WO2015127172A1 (en) * 2014-02-20 2015-08-27 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutically active compounds and their methods of use
WO2015127173A1 (en) * 2014-02-20 2015-08-27 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc Therapeutically active compounds and their methods of use
KR102400737B1 (en) * 2014-03-14 2022-05-20 아지오스 파마슈티컬스 아이엔씨. Pharmaceutical compositions of therapeutically active compounds
US20170007661A1 (en) 2014-03-14 2017-01-12 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc Pharmaceutical compositions of therapeutically active compounds
WO2016053850A1 (en) 2014-09-29 2016-04-07 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutically active compounds and their methods of use
KR102628370B1 (en) 2015-02-04 2024-01-24 르 라보레또레 쎄르비에르 Therapeutically active compounds and methods of their use
JP6816106B2 (en) 2015-08-05 2021-01-20 アジオス ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Method for preparing 6-pyridyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diol and 6-pyridyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Kappelmayer et al (Current Medicinal Chemistry, 2007; 14:519-530) (Year: 2007) *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022056453A1 (en) * 2020-09-14 2022-03-17 Totus Medicines Inc. Therapeutic conjugates

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3419593A1 (en) 2019-01-02
EP3419593B1 (en) 2022-03-23
JP2021102630A (en) 2021-07-15
CA3015757A1 (en) 2017-08-31
IL261333B (en) 2022-03-01
US10137130B2 (en) 2018-11-27
MA43640A (en) 2018-11-28
EP3419594A1 (en) 2019-01-02
MX2021007790A (en) 2021-08-11
CN109069410A (en) 2018-12-21
WO2017146795A1 (en) 2017-08-31
JP2019513694A (en) 2019-05-30
US20190046512A1 (en) 2019-02-14
US20170246174A1 (en) 2017-08-31
JP6856657B2 (en) 2021-04-07
IL261333A (en) 2018-10-31
JP6930991B2 (en) 2021-09-01
ES2912909T3 (en) 2022-05-30
JP2019510746A (en) 2019-04-18
KR20180114202A (en) 2018-10-17
AU2016393870A1 (en) 2018-10-18
WO2017146794A1 (en) 2017-08-31
AU2016393870B2 (en) 2023-01-19
MX2018010252A (en) 2019-01-31
AU2016393869B2 (en) 2022-10-27
CA3015753A1 (en) 2017-08-31
MX2018010261A (en) 2019-02-11
IL261353A (en) 2018-10-31
AU2016393869A1 (en) 2018-09-20
CN109069410B (en) 2022-05-31
EP3419594B1 (en) 2023-07-26
KR20180113540A (en) 2018-10-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20200261434A1 (en) Idh1 inhibitors for the treatment of haematological malignancies and solid tumors
US20220000878A1 (en) Methods of treatment of malignancies
US20200405737A1 (en) Combination therapy for treating malignancies
US11419859B2 (en) Combination therapy for treating malignancies

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

AS Assignment

Owner name: SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:AGIOS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:056179/0417

Effective date: 20210329

AS Assignment

Owner name: SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE APPLICATION NO. 10,172,864 TO THE CORRECT APP NO. 61/160,253 PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 056179 FRAME 0417. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE ASSIGNMENT;ASSIGNOR:AGIOS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:056224/0921

Effective date: 20210329

AS Assignment

Owner name: CELGENE CORPORATION, NEW JERSEY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:HU, XIAOLAN;REEL/FRAME:057185/0125

Effective date: 20150618

Owner name: CELGENE CORPORATION, NEW JERSEY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:AMATANGELO, MICHAEL;THAKURTA, ANJAN;REEL/FRAME:057185/0129

Effective date: 20181009

Owner name: AGIOS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CHOE, SUNG EUN;WU, BIN;SIGNING DATES FROM 20181009 TO 20181023;REEL/FRAME:057185/0137

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

AS Assignment

Owner name: SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS LLC, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE ASSIGNEE NAME SERVIER PHARMACEUTICALS LLC BY REMOVAL OF COMMA AND UPDATING ZIP CODE TO 02210 PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 056224 FRAME 0921. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT;ASSIGNOR:AGIOS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:057970/0314

Effective date: 20210329

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION